IPS-E-IN-190(2)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the
views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and are
intended for use in the oil and gas production
facilities,
oil
refineries,
chemical
and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing
installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can select
his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the user.
This addendum together with the relevant IPS
shall form the job specification for the specific
project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant
technical committee and in case of approval will
be incorporated in the next revision of the
standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
GENERAL DEFINITIONS:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
COMPANY :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian Gas Company, National Petrochemical
Company and National Iranian Oil Refinery And
Distribution Company.
‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
PURCHASER :
Means the “Company" where this standard is a
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract documents.
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
VENDOR AND SUPPLIER:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
CONTRACTOR:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
EXECUTOR :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part of
construction and/or commissioning for the project.
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي‬
.‫اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
INSPECTOR :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
‫ﮔﺮوه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪاي اﻃﻼق‬/‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
SHALL:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
SHOULD:
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
WILL:
Is normally used in connection with the action by
the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
MAY:
Is used where
discretionary.
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
a
provision
is
completely
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
ENGINEERING STANDARD
FOR
TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
SECOND REVISION
JANUARY 2010
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ارﺳﺎل‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دوم‬
1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of
Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither
whole nor any part of this document may be disclosed to any
third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior
written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
1. SCOPE................................................................ 4
4 ...................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES .................................................. 4
4 .............................................................. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. UNITS................................................................. 5
5 ............................................................ ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
4. GENERAL ......................................................... 6
6 .............................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
4.1 Transmission Systems................................. 6
6 ........................................ ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ارﺳﺎل‬1-4
4.2 Type of Transmission Systems................... 6
6 ................................ ‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ارﺳﺎل‬2-4
5. ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS............................... 7
7 ...................................... ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬-5
5.1 General......................................................... 7
7 ....................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5
5.2 Standard Electronic Signal Ranges ........... 7
7 ......... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬2-5
5.3 Electrical Interference ................................ 7
7 ......................................... ‫ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬3-5
5.4 Reducing Electrical Interference ............... 8
8 ................................ ‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬4-5
6. ENGINEERING FACTORS IN SELECTION OF
WIRE TYPES FOR ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS 13
‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬-6
13................................... ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
6.1 Process Controls with Milli Ampere
Signals ....................................................... 13
13............ ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮي‬1-6
6.2 Process Controls with Voltage Signals ... 14
14 ................... ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژي‬2-6
6.3 Digital Communications Signals............. 14
14 ................. ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬3-6
6.4 Process Control Low Energy/Voltage
Sensors. ..................................................... 14
‫ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻢ اﻧﺮژي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬4-6
14 ................................................. ‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
6.5 Process Control with Pulse Output
Meters........................................................ 15
15. ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬5-6
6.6 Turbine Meters......................................... 15
15.............................. ‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬6-6
6.7 Magnetic-Flow Transmitters................... 15
15................... ‫ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬7-6
1
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
7. SPECIFICATION FOR WIRES AND CABLES
IN ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS ...................... 15
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي‬-7
15.................................................... ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
8. GUIDES ON SIGNALS SEPARATION ...... 16
16.............. ‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬-8
9 TRAYS AND CONDUITS.............................. 17
17...................................... ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬-9
10. LIGHTNING PROTECTION..................... 19
19.................................. ‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺎﻋﻘﻪ‬-10
11. JUNCTION BOXES..................................... 19
19............................................. ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬-11
12. CONTROL ROOM WIRING ..................... 22
22................................ ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ در اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-12
13. GROUNDING............................................... 22
22.................................................. ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬-13
14. PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS............................ 27
27............................... (‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑﺎدي‬-14
15. FIELD BUS ................................................... 31
31...................................................... ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬-15
15.1 General.................................................... 31
31................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-15
15.2 Definitions ............................................... 31
31.................................................. ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬2-15
15.3 Terminations........................................... 32
32.......................................... ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎ‬3-15
15.4 Fieldbus Segment Design....................... 33
33......................‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖ در ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬4-15
16. FIBER OPTICS............................................ 35
35............................................... ‫ ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري‬-16
16.1 General.................................................... 35
35................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-16
16.2 Underground Conduit System:............. 35
35......................‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬2-16
17. WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ............. 35
35............................................ ‫ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت ﺑﻴﺴﻴﻢ‬-17
17.1 General.................................................... 35
35................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-17
17.2 Applications ............................................ 36
36................................................ ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ‬2-17
17.3 Wireless HART Basics: ......................... 36
36............................ :‫ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ‬HART ‫ اﺻﻮل‬3-17
17.4 ISA 100 Basics: ....................................... 37
37..................................... : ISA 100 ‫ اﺻﻮل‬4-17
2
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
APPENDICES:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENTATION WIRING
TECHNIQUES ........................... 38
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار‬
38 .................................. ‫دﻗﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
3
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﺳﺘﻮرات اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ و‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي اﺻـﻠﻲ ارﺳـﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل را ﻣـﻮرد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺻـﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ ارﺳﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻲ و‬. ‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ‬
IPS-G-IN-250 ‫ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺨـﺎﺑﺮاﺗﻲ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮان "ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻲ " ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
This Standard discusses recommended practices
for design and engineering of the main kinds of
signal transmission systems. It is intended to be
used in oil, gas, and petrochemical industries.
Digital signals transmission and communication
protocols are covered by IPS-G-IN-250
"Distributed Control System"
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
.‫( ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1) ‫ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬1379
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد داراي اﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬0) ‫از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
This is a revised version of the standard
specification by the relevant technical committee
on Jan. 2001, which is issued as revision (1).
Revision (0) of the said standard specification is
withdrawn.
:2‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮق‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1388 ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬2) ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1) ‫ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised version of the
standard specification by the relevant technical
committee on Jan. 2010, which is issued as
revision (2). Revision (1) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
:3‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 3:
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent specified
herein, form a part of this standard. For dated
references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies.
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬،‫در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
RP 552
" ‫"ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ارﺳﺎل‬
"Transmission Systems”
IEEE (INSTITUTATION OF ELECTRICAL
AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS)
RP 552
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﺑﺮق و اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ‬IEEE
‫ " راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻛـﺮدن ﺑـﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑـﻞ ﻫـﺎي‬IEEE 1143
"‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
IEEE 1143 "Guide On Shielding Practice for Low
Voltage cables"
4
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IEEE 1242
‫"راﻫﻨﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ و ﻣـــﺼﺎرف‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺘـــﺮل‬،‫ﻫـــﺎي ﻗـــﺪرت‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﺠﺎت ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬
"‫و ﻧﻔﺖ‬
"Guide for Specifying and
Selecting Power, Control, and
Special-Purpose
cables
for
Petroleum and Chemical Plants"
(‫ﻣﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
"‫ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬،‫"ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎ‬
"Temperature
Measurement
Thermocouples"
NFPA (NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION)
NFPA 70E
IEEE 1242
‫ ﻣﻮﺳـﺴﻪ‬/ ‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﻮن‬ISA/ANSI
ISA/ANSI
(THE
INTERNATIONAL
SOCIETY OF AUTOMATION /AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
MC 96.1
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
MC 96.1
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺗﺶ‬NFPA
" ‫"ﻛﺪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
"National Electric Code"
NFPA 70E
‫"اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
"‫ﻛﺎر ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن‬
"Electrical Safety Requirements
for Employee Work Place"
IEC (INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL
COMMISSION)
(‫ )ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ‬IEC
60079
"Electrical
Apparatus
for
Explosive Gas Atmospheres"
‫"وﺳــﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜــﻲ ﺑــﺮاي ﻓــﻀﺎﻫﺎي‬
"‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺎز ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬
60079
60331
"Fire-Resisting Characteristics
of Electric Cables (1970)"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨــﺼﺎت ﻛﺎﺑــﻞﻫــﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜــﻲ‬
"(1970) ‫ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آﺗﺶ‬
60331
60332
"Test on Electric Cables under
Fire Conditions (1970)"
‫"آزﻣــﻮن ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬــﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜــﻲ ﺗﺤــﺖ‬
" (1970) ‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آﺗﺶ‬
60332
60529
"Classification of Degrees of
Protection
Provided
by
Enclosure (1989)"
‫"ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي درﺟﺎت ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ‬
"(1989) ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
60529
60584-3
"Thermocouples,
60584-3
،‫"ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ و‬،‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ و ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻮم‬
"‫رواداري‬
Part-3 Extension and Compensation Cables,
Tolerance and Identification System"
(‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
"‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي‬IPS-G-IN-250
" ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻲ‬
IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard for Units
Standard
for
IPS-G-IN-250 "General
Distributed Control Systems"
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
3. UNITS
،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This Standard is based on International System of
Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100, except where
otherwise is specified.
5
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
4. GENERAL
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ارﺳﺎل‬1-4
4.1 Transmission Systems
4.1.1 The use of transmission systems, that permit
operation of one or more large process units from
a remote control center shall increases personnel
safety and convenience.
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ارﺳﺎل ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري از ﻳﻚ‬1-1-4
4.1.2 The measuring device or transmitter shall be
as near as possible to the point of measurement.
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑـﻪ‬2-1-4
4.1.3 The following major factors should be
considered in the design of transmission systems.
‫ ﺷﺎﺧﺺﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫـﺎي‬3-1-4
، ‫ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺰرگ را از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل راه دور‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن و ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد‬
.‫ﻛﺎري ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ارﺳﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
a) The relationship of time constants among
process, transmission, and control lines.
‫ ارﺳﺎل و‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎي زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
b) The reliability of air and electric power
supplies.
. ‫ب( ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮا و ﺑﺮق‬
c) The routing and installation of tubing, and
wiring to maintain circuit integrity, to reduce
the possibility of damage from fire,
overheating from hot process lines or
equipment, and mechanical abuse , and ensure
immunity from electrical and radio-frequency
interference.
‫ ﺑﻨﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ‬، ‫ج( ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﻮب و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
d) The resistance of material and construction
to corrosion caused by chemicals in the
atmosphere or splatter from new construction
or maintenance.
‫د( ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﻮاد و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬
e) Provisions for manual control, testing and
accessibility to instruments for maintenance.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و‬،‫ﻫ( ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﺳﺘﻲ‬
f)
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ ﮔﺮم‬،‫ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﮕﻲ ﻣﺪار ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺻﺪﻣﻪ از آﺗﺶ‬
،‫ﺷﺪن زﻳﺎد ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫وﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻏﻠﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ آﻣﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻮدن از ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
.‫و رادﻳﻮﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻫﻮا و ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺷﺤﺎت و رﻳﺰش ﻣﻮاد‬
.‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺳﺎز ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬
.‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬
.‫و( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
Safety requirements.
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ارﺳﺎل‬2-4
4.2 Type of Transmission Systems
‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬1-2-4
4.2.1 Electronic signal
‫ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺤـﺚ‬5 ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ارﺳﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
Electronic signal transmission system will be
discussed in section 5.
(‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎدي‬2-2-4
4.2.2 Pneumatic signal
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎدي( در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛـﻪ ﺿـﺮورت ﻓﻨـﻲ وﺟـﻮد‬
‫را ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﻪ‬14 ‫ ﻗـﺴﻤﺖ‬.‫دارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗـﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
Pneumatic signals shall be used when there is a
special technical advantage, see section 14.
‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬3-2-4
4.2.3 Fieldbus
‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮره‬،‫ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ارﺗﺒﺎط دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
،‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
The fieldbus is a digital two ways, multi-drop
communication system and providing local area
6
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ را‬15 ‫)ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬.‫( را اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬LAN) ‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬
.(‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
network (LAN) for intelligent instruments and
other devices. (See Section 15).
‫ ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري‬4-2-4
4.2.4 Fiber optics
‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﻋﺒـﺎرﺗﻲ اﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫـﺎي‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ روﺷﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ارﺳـﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧـﻮري‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬16 ‫ )ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬.‫ﺑﻴﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
Fiber optics is the phrase applied to the use of
transparent glass or plastic fibers to carry light
signals between devices. (see section 16).
4.2.5 Wireless communication
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ‬5-2-4
Wireless communication is the transfer of
information over a distance via radio waves
(See Section 17).
‫ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﺖ از اﻧﺘﻘﺎل اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط دﻳﮕﺮ‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬17 ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻣﻮاج رادﻳﻮﺋﻲ )ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬-5
5. ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5
5.1 General
‫ارﺳﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬
‫ در اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫)ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ( و دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل )ﮔﺴﺴﺘﻪ( ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد دارﻧﺪ‬
: ‫ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
Electronic signal transmission includes analog and
digital signals that are used in measurement and
control systems.
Following factors shall be considered :
‫ داﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬2-5
5.2 Standard Electronic Signal Ranges
(‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤـﻞ )آﻧـﺎﻟﻮگ و دﻳﺠﻴﺘـﺎل‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎ داﻣﻨﻪ‬24 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮان اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺟﻬـﺖ‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4
.(‫ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد )ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬
‫ وﻟـﺖ ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬24 ‫ﺑﺮاي ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺧﺎص ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬـﺎ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺐ‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮارد اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫)ﭘﻼرﻳﺘﻪ( اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻧـﺴﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‬
All field instruments (analog and digital) shall be
operated on 24 volts DC and signal range of 4-20
milliamp DC shall be standard for process
instrument (analog signal).
Exceptions may be accepted for special
instruments for which 24 volt DC is not
applicable. The standard polarity for all signals
shall be positive with respect to signal common.
‫ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬3-5
5.3 Electrical Interference
‫وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﻋﻮاﻣـﻞ زﻳـﺮ ﺑـﻪ ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢ ارﺳـﺎل‬
:‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ وارد ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
Unwanted voltages enter an electronic signal
transmission system by the following means:
a) Inductive pickup from alternating-current
(AC) fields and/or radio-frequency (RF)
interference.
‫( و ﻳـﺎ‬AC) ‫اﻟﻒ( اﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻣﻴـﺪان ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﻣﺘﻨـﺎوب‬
.(RF) ‫ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲﻫﺎي رادﻳﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ب( اﺛﺮات اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ از ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎ‬
b) Electrostatic or capacitive coupling with
other signals.
‫ از ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﻣـﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬،‫ج( اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺪارات‬
c) Direct coupling with other circuits, by
means of leakage current paths, ground current
loops, or a common return lead for more than
one circuit.
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻣـﺸﺘﺮك‬،‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ﻧﺸﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
.‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‬
7
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬4-5
5.4 Reducing Electrical Interference
‫ اﺛﺮ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬1-4-5
5.4.1 Electromagnetic coupling
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻏﻴﺮ واﻗﻌﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از اﺛﺮات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ‬
.‫ﭘﻨﺞ روش ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Spurious signals from inductive pickup may be
eliminated by five methods:
a)
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي زوﺟﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬
Using twisted pair wires.
‫ب( ﻋﺒﻮر ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎي ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل دور از ﻣﻴـﺪانﻫـﺎي ﻗـﻮي‬
b) Routing signal wires away from strong
AC field.
c)
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎنﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬
Eliminating or reducing the source.
.‫ج( ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
d) Installing signal wiring in steel conduit or
covered trays.
‫د( ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫـﺎي ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓـﻮﻻدي ﻳـﺎ‬
e) Shielding the power line (if this is known
to be the source of interference) or by installing
the power line in steel conduit.
‫و( ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ )اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ( ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺮار دادن ﺧـﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳـﻪ در ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬
.‫ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
IEEE 1143, ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺑـﻪ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬1242.
For more information, refer to IEEE 1143, 1242.
5.4.2 Electrostatic or capacitive coupling
‫ اﺛﺮ اﻟﻜﺘﺮو اﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ‬2-4-5
The coupling shall be eliminated by putting a
grounded and electrically conductive shield
around the signal wires,only one end of the shield
shall be grounded.
‫اﻳﻦ اﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮار دادن ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻠﺪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه دور ﺳﻴﻢﻫـﺎي‬
‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣـﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺣﺬف ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
The effect of crosstalk in digital should be
minimized by the following:
‫اﺛﺮ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳـﺮ ﺑـﻪ‬
:‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
a) Eliminating resistance common to multiple
circuits, such as common return leads, power
supply output fuses, diodes used to switch
between redundant power supplies and use
appropriate capacitors.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺣﺬف ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك در ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣـﺪار ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺳـﻴﻢ‬
b) Using type III or type VI cable (see tables 1
and 4).
‫را‬4 ‫و‬1 ‫ )ﺟـﺪول‬VI ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع‬III ‫ب( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع‬
c) Using individually isolated (floating)
circuits when type IV or type V cable is used.
If intrinsically safe barriers are used, avoid the
type which connects one side of circuit
directly to the ground.
‫ ﻣﺪارات‬V ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع‬IV ‫ج( در ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮع‬
،‫ ﻓﻴﻮزﻫــﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟــﻲ ﻣﻨﺒــﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳــﻪ‬،‫ﻣــﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺮﮔــﺸﺖ‬
‫دﻳﻮدﻫــﺎي ﻣــﻮرد اﺳــﺘﻔﺎده ﺑــﻴﻦ ﻣﻨــﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳــﻪ اﻓﺰوﻧــﻪ و‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺧﺎزنﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.(‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﮔــﺮ از ﻣﻮاﻧــﻊ‬.‫ﺑﻄــﻮر ﺗــﻚ ﺗــﻚ اﻳﺰوﻟــﻪ )ﺷــﻨﺎور( ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف آن ﺑﻪ‬،‫( ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬barriers)
‫ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣـﺪار ﺑـﻪ زﻣـﻴﻦ‬،‫زﻣﻴﻦ وﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
8
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
TABLE 1 - SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS WITH WIRING REQUIREMENTS, WIRE TYPE, AND
ENVIRONMENT
‫ و ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬، ‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﻢ‬،‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Application
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
Normal
‫ﻋﺎدي‬
Strong
Magnetic
Field
‫ﻣﻴﺪان ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
Strong
Electrostatic
Field
‫ﻣﻴﺪان‬
‫ﻗﻮي‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
Reduce Noise
over 10 Hertz
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ‬
Remarks
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬10 ‫ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ﻗﻮي‬
IP Controls,
mADC Signals
(see 6.1)
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي‬، ‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬1-6)
Low energy
low voltage
sensors
(see 6.4)
‫اﻧﺮژي ﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻢ‬
(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬4-6)
Turbine meter
(see 6.6)
‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬6-6 ‫)ﺑﻨﺪ‬
Magnetic flow
Transmitters (see
6.7)
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬7-6)
IP Controls,
voltage signal
(see 6.2)
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژي‬، ‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬2-6)
IP Controls,
Distributed
control system
(see table 4)
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬، ‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
‫ را‬4 ‫ )ﺟﺪول‬. ‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻲ‬
(‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
I, IVa
II, IV
III, V, VI
III, VI
III, VI
III, VI
Type V for short runs:
RTDs may require traids
: ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ‬V ‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻻزم دارد‬RTDs
III
III
III
Manufacturer's suggestions
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
No need
‫ﻧﻴﺎزي ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Note b
Constant current source:
maximum resistance load
is limited
:‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺤﺪود اﺳﺖ‬
Manufacturer's suggestions
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
b ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
I, IVa
II, IV
III, V, VI
No need
‫ﻧﻴﺎزي‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
I, IVaa
II, IVa
III, V, VIa
No need
‫ﻧﻴﺎزي ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
9
Constant voltage source:
receiver impedance
100 times source
impedance.
‫ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‬:‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬100
Verify wiring needs with
Manufacturer
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
. ‫ﺷﻮد‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
: ‫ = ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬IP :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note: IP =Industrial Process:
.‫ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬4 ‫ ﺟﺪول‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ‬
For wire type, See Table 4.
‫ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ‬:‫ وﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖ‬
a) Acceptable, but not recommended; it is not
possible to guarantee no electric fields.
.‫ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻣﻴﺪانﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬III ‫ب( ﻧﻮع‬
b) Special Type III, between magnetic flow
meter body, and 4-20 mA DC transmitters, as
above for 4-20 mADC.
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺎﻻ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙـﺮ ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬20-4 ‫و ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬20-4 ‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬3-4-5
5.4.3 Direct coupling by leakage paths
‫ﻧﺸﺘﻲ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪار ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ رﻃﻮﺑـﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎ و ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﻫـﻮاي‬،‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬.‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﻬـﺖ ﺣـﺬف و ﻳـﺎ ﻛـﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻫﺎي ﺑـﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺖ ﺑـﺎﻻ را‬.‫ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺪارات ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
Leakage from one circuit to another may be
caused by moisture. Proper installed wire,
terminal strip and dry air purge should be used to
eliminate or reduce leakages. High quality
insulation should be used in all circuits.
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‬4-4-5
5.4.4 Direct coupling by common return lead
Single wire as a return lead for several signal
circuit to conduct currents for each circuit shall
not be used.
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪارات ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎنﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻣﺪار ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
5.4.5 Separation of instrument and power
circuits
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ و ﻣـﺪارات‬5-4-5
Power circuits of different power levels should be
installed with proper spacing to avoid interference
and to ensure proper transmission (see section 8 ).
Table 2 describes the five classes of power levels.
The minimum separation for circuits in each level
class is shown in table 3.
‫ﺟﻬــﺖ ﺟﻠــﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗــﺪاﺧﻞ و اﻃﻤﻴﻨــﺎن از ارﺳــﺎل ﺻــﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ ﻣﺪارات ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮح وﻟﺘﺎژي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳـﺖ‬،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ )ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬.‫در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ از ﻣﺪارات ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮح ﭘﻨﺞ ﻃﺒﻘـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪي ﺳـﻄﺢ وﻟﺘـﺎژي در‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬8
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺟﺪاﺳـﺎزي ﺟﻬـﺖ ﻣـﺪارات ﻫـﺮ‬.‫ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬3 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ در ﺟﺪول‬
‫ﻗﺪرت‬
10
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
TABLE 2 – POWER LEVEL CLASSIFICATION
‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺪرت‬-2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Level 1
(Low Level
signals)
1 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
(‫)ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
Level 2
(Medium Level Signals)
2 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
(‫)ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
Thermocouple
Analog signal DC
electronic instruments
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
Pulse signals
Resistance temperature
devices
(‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺎﻟﺴﻲ )ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي‬
Strain gauge
bridge outputs
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲﻫﺎي ﭘﻞ ﺳﻨﺠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬
Lighting and
Switching circuits with
DC voltages of 28 or
less
‫ﻣﺪارات روﺷﻨﺎﺋﻲ و ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬28
Circuit to lights and
relay input buffers
with DC voltages of 28
or less
‫ﻣﺪار ﭼﺮاﻏﻬﺎ و ﺑﺎﻓﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ‬
28 ‫ورودي رﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
Level 3
(High Level
Signals)
3 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
(‫)ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
DC switching
circuits with
voltages greater
than 28
‫ﻣﺪار ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
28 ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫وﻟﺖ‬
AC circuit with
amperages less than
28 (lighting circuits
convenience outlets,
back-of-panel
lights)
‫ﻣﺪار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ )ﻣﺪارات‬28 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﺮﻳﺰﻫﺎ و ﭼﺮاغﻫﺎي‬
(‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
DC control buses
with voltages of 250
or less
‫ ﺑﺎ‬DC ‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬250‫وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي‬
DC relay and
contactor coils
with voltages of 250
or less
‫رﻟﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬250 ‫وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي‬
Ground detection
circuit
‫ﻣﺪار آﺷﻜﺎر ﺳﺎز اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫زﻣﻴﻦ‬
11
Level 4
(Power)
4 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
(‫)ﻗﺪرت‬
Level 5
(High Power)
5 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
(‫)ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻻ‬
AC and DC buses
with voltages of
0-800 and
amperages of
20-800.
‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻨﺎوب و‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي‬
20 ‫ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬800‫ﺻﻔﺮ اﻟﻲ‬
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬800 ‫اﻟﻲ‬
AC and DC buses
with voltages
above 800 or
amperages above
800.
‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻨﺎوب و‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي‬
‫ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬800 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬800 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫‪TABLE 3 – WIRE SEPARATION‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -3‬ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Power and signal run in separates steel conduit; signal: individual shielded twisted pairs with overall‬‬
‫‪cable shield. (API Type III and VI)a‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل راﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺠﺰا؛ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‪ :‬زوﺟﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه داراي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻣﺠﺰا و ﺷﻴﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪) .‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮع ‪ III‬و ‪ VI‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪(API‬‬
‫)‪mA DC (4-20‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ‪(20-4) DC‬‬
‫‪None Req'd‬‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫‪(6") 150 mm‬‬
‫‪ 150‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 6‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(20")450 mm‬‬
‫‪ 450‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 20‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫)‪Low Level (milli volts‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ )ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ(‬
‫‪(4") 100 mm‬‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 4‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(12") 300 mm‬‬
‫‪ 300‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 12‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(40") 900 mm‬‬
‫‪ 900‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 40‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫)‪Power Cable(s‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬
‫‪Up to 125V @20A‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ 125‬وﻟﺖ در ‪ 20‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪125V to 500V @200A‬‬
‫‪ 125‬وﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ ‪ 500‬وﻟﺖ در ‪ 200‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪Over 500V‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ‪ 500‬وﻟﺖ‬
‫‪Power and signal run in separate steel conduit; signal; twisted pair (API II and V)b‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺠﺰا‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي زوﺟﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‪.‬‬
‫)ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮع ‪ II‬و ‪ V‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪(API‬‬
‫)‪mA DC (4-20‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ‪(20-4) DC‬‬
‫‪(4") 100 mm‬‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 4‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(8") 200 mm‬‬
‫‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 8‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(24") 600 mm‬‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 24‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ب‬
‫)‪Low Level (milli Volts‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ )ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ(‬
‫‪(8") 200 mm‬‬
‫‪200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 8‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(15") 400 mm‬‬
‫‪ 400‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 15‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(48") 1200 mm‬‬
‫‪ 1200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 48‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫)‪Power Cable(s‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬
‫‪Up to 125V @20A‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ 125‬وﻟﺖ در ‪ 20‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪125V to 500V @200A‬‬
‫‪ 125‬وﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ ‪ 500‬وﻟﺖ در ‪ 200‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪Over 500V‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ‪ 500‬وﻟﺖ‬
‫‪Power and signal in tray; signal; shielded twisted pair (API III and VI)b‬‬
‫‪OR‬‬
‫)‪Power and signal in tray With Metallic Barrier; Signal twisted pair (API II and VC‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ؛ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‪:‬زوجﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه داراي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ‪)،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮع ‪ III‬و ‪ VI‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪(API‬‬
‫ب‬
‫ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ج‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ داراي دﻳﻮاره ﻓﻠﺰي؛ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‪ :‬ﺑﺼﻮرت زوج ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه)ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮع ‪ II‬و ‪ V‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫‪(API‬‬
‫)‪mA DC (4-20‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ‪(20-4) DC‬‬
‫‪(15") 400 mm‬‬
‫‪ 400‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 15‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(30") 755 mm‬‬
‫‪ 755‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 30‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(96") 9500 mm‬‬
‫‪ 9500‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 96‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫)‪Low Level (milli Volts‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ )ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ(‬
‫‪(30") 750 mm‬‬
‫‪ 750‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 30‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(60") 1500 mm‬‬
‫‪ 1500‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 60‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(180") 4500 mm‬‬
‫‪ 4500‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 180‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫)‪Power Cable(s‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬
‫‪Up to 125V @20A‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ 125‬وﻟﺖ در ‪ 20‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪125V to 500V @200A‬‬
‫‪ 125‬وﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ ‪ 500‬وﻟﺖ در ‪ 200‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪Over 500V‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ‪ 500‬وﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫)‪Power: steel conduit; signal; tray shielded twisted pair (API III and VI‬‬
‫‪OR‬‬
‫‪Power in tray; signal in steel conduit, shielded twisted pairs (API III and VI)d‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت درﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي؛ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‪ :‬زوج ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه داراي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ‪ ،‬داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮع ‪ III‬و ‪ VI‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪(API‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ؛ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‪ :‬درﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي‪ ،‬زوجﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه داراي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮع ‪ III‬و ‪ VI‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫د‬
‫‪(API‬‬
‫‪(4-20) mA DC‬‬
‫)‪(20-4‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ‪DC‬‬
‫‪(15") 400 mm‬‬
‫‪ 400‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 15‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(15") 400 mm‬‬
‫‪ 400‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 15‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(30") 750 mm‬‬
‫‪ 750‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 30‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫)‪Low Level (milli Volts‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ )ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ(‬
‫‪(30") 750 mm‬‬
‫‪ 750‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 30‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(30") 750 mm‬‬
‫‪ 750‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 30‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(60") 1500 mm‬‬
‫‪ 1500‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 60‬اﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Power Cable(s‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬
‫‪Up to 125V @20A‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ 125‬وﻟﺖ در ‪ 20‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪125V to 500V @200A‬‬
‫‪ 125‬وﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ ‪ 500‬وﻟﺖ در ‪ 200‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪Over 500V‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ‪ 500‬وﻟﺖ‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫‪ =mA‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ‪ =DC ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ =A ،‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪mA = milli ampere; DC = direct current; A = ampere.‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﺪاول ﻓﻮق ﺑﺮاي ﻣـﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣـﻮازي ﺗـﺎ ‪ 170‬ﻣﺘـﺮ‬
‫‪a) The above tables are for parallel runs up to‬‬
‫‪170 m (500 feet) long; for longer runs increase‬‬
‫‪spacing proportionately to the parallel length.‬‬
‫)‪500‬ﻓﻮت( ﻃﻮل ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑـﺮاي ﻣـﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻃـﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗـﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ را ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻃﻮل ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮازي اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ب( ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ‪ 120‬وﻟﺘـﻲ ﺑـﺮاي وﺳـﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪b) 120-Volt instrument signals for alarms,‬‬
‫‪solenoids, and similar circuits should be treated‬‬
‫‪as power circuit in the above tables.‬‬
‫اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و ﻣﺪارات ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮان‬
‫ﻣﺪار ﻗﺪرت در ﺟﺪاول ﻓﻮق ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ج( ﮔﺮوه ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻛـﺸﻲ از ﻧﻈـﺮ ﻧـﻮع و ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل از‬
‫‪c) Group wiring by type and level: low level‬‬
‫‪signals to the farthest from power, next mA DC‬‬
‫‪circuits, next alarms; next 120V alarms; closest‬‬
‫‪are 120V solenoid valves and limit switches.‬‬
‫دورﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻗﺪرت‪ ،‬ﻣﺪارات ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙـﺮ‬
‫‪ DC‬ﺑﻌﺪي‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮﻫـﺎي‬
‫‪ 120‬وﻟــﺖ و ﻧﺰدﻳــﻚﺗــﺮﻳﻦ ﺷــﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗــﻲ ‪ 120‬وﻟــﺖ‬
‫وﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪.‬‬
‫د( اﻳﻦ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺑﺮ اﺳـﺎس داده ﻫـﺎ و ﺑﺨـﺸﻲ ﺑـﺮ‬
‫‪d) This information is based partly on data and‬‬
‫‪partly on accepted and proven experience.‬‬
‫اﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺛﺎﺑﺖ و ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫‪6. ENGINEERING FACTORS IN SELECTION‬‬
‫‪OF WIRE TYPES FOR ELECTRONIC‬‬
‫‪SYSTEMS‬‬
‫‪ 1-6‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮي‬
‫‪6.1 Process Controls with Milli Ampere Signals‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢ دو‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻪ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮع ‪ III‬و ‪ V‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد‬
‫)ﺟــﺪول ‪ 4‬ﻣــﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷــﻮد(‪ .‬اﻳــﻦ ﺳــﻴﻢﻫــﺎ ﻳـﺎ ﻛﺎﺑــﻞﻫــﺎ در‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎ در ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫‪The standard signal is 4-20 milli ampere DC (two‬‬
‫‪wire system) type III and V shall be used (see‬‬
‫‪table 4). These wires or cables shall be enclosed in‬‬
‫‪conduits or laid in trays, and should not be mixed‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪13‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
with AC signal wiring or power wires.
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢﻫـﺎي ﻗـﺪرت‬
. ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
TABLE 4 – TYPES OF WIRE OR CABLE FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ارﺳﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬-4 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Type
Description
‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت‬
Application
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
I
Untwisted copper wire
General
II
Single, unshielded twisted-pair copper wire
III
Single, shielded twisted-pair copper wire
IV
Multipair cable of Type II wire
II ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ زوج از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻮع‬
Voltage signal
V
Multipair, overall shielded cable of Type II wire
II ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ زوج داراي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﻠﻲ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻮع‬
Milliamp signal
VI
Multipair, overall shielded cable of Type III
wire
III ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ زوج داراي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﻠﻲ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻮع‬
Thermocouples, RTD
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻧﺘﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬
(‫ﻣﺼﺎرف ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
Voltage signal
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺗﻚ زوج ﺑﺪون ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژي‬
Milliamp signal
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮي‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺗﻚ زوج داراي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژي‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮي‬
RTD ،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژي‬2-6
6.2 Process Controls with Voltage Signals
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎي زﻳﺎد ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ﻳﻚ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﺮزش‬
‫ در ﻣـﻮاردي ﻛـﻪ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘـﺎژي ﻣـﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده‬. ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻻزم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد ﺗـﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨـﺎن ﺣﺎﺻـﻞ‬،‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻧـﺪازهﮔﻴـﺮي را ﺗـﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬،‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﻘـﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬IV ‫ و ﻧﻮع‬II ‫ ﻧﻮع‬. ‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Voltage signals should not be used for long
distance, one exception is vibration monitoring
systems. When a voltage signal is used, precaution
must be taken to ensure that the transmission
system does not degrade the measurement signal.
Type II & IV shall be used.
6.3 Digital Communications Signals
‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬3-6
Digital Communications Signals are normally
interconnected with data-highway cables. The
control system manufacturer specifies the cable
and recommends the installation details.
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺻـﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ را‬،‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬. ‫دادهﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮده و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ را ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
6.4 Process Control Low Energy/Voltage
Sensors.
Low
Energy/Voltage
Sensors
include
‫ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻢ اﻧﺮژي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬4-6
‫ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻢ اﻧﺮژي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎ‬
‫( و ﻛﺸﺶ‬RTD) ‫ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق دار‬،‫ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ را ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫( و ﻛﺸﺶ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬RTD)
‫ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬،‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ارﺟﺢ ﻧﺼﺐ‬.‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ و در ﺳﻴﻢ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﺣﺴﮕﺮ اوﻟﻴﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪول‬VI ‫ و ﻧﻮع‬III ‫ ﻧﻮع‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
thermocouples. Resistance temperature detectors
(RTDs) and strain gauges generate low DC voltages
when energized with a DC power supply.
Circuits that contain RTDs and strain gauges
should not be grounded at more than one point. The
preferred location is near the source of power and
on the lower voltage wire. Grounded thermocouples
should have no other grounded point than that in
the primary sensor. Type III & VI should be used as
per table 4.
14
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬5-6
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻْ ﺑﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻛﻪ داراي اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ورودي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺪرت و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ و زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
. ‫ﻣﺪارﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
6.5 Process Control with Pulse Output Meters
Pulse output meters are usually connected to
devices that have relatively high input impedance.
Power wires and other types of signal wires
should not be mixed with pulse signal wiring. The
wire type and the grounding of the signal circuit
should
follow
the
manufacturer's
recommendations.
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬6-6
6.6 Turbine Meters
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ و‬
‫ اﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬. ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎت ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ را ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4 ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬،‫ارﺳﺎل‬
.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
The suggestions of the manufacturer concerning
the preamplifier and the wiring should be
carefully considered. Most turbine meters are
supplied with integral converters to amplifiy the
pulses or to convert for transmission of 4-20 mA
DC.
‫ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬7-6
6.7 Magnetic-Flow Transmitters
The electric signal from magnetic flow electrodes is
generally less than 50 millivolts. The low signal
level requires that the electrical interference be
minimized. Minimizing is done by using a twoconductor, shielded, twisted pair cable whose
length is limited by the manufacturers
recommendations.
ً‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ از اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻻزم‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ اﺳﺖ‬50 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺪاﺧﻼت اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻔﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ‬، ‫ ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار‬،‫رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺮدن دو ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮل آن ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﻣﺤﺪود‬
. ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
7. SPECIFICATION FOR WIRES AND
CABLES IN ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫـﺎ و ﻛﺎﺑـﻞﻫـﺎ در ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢﻫـﺎي‬-7
The wires and cables classified into six types that
are described in table 4.
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ در ﺷﺶ ﻧﻮع ﻃﺒﻘـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺷـﺪهاﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ در‬
. ‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬4 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
7.1 The size of single conductor wire should be
minimum 1.0 mm2 for multipair cable and 1.5
mm2 for single twisted pair.
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻜﻲ در ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ زوج ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣـﺪاﻗﻞ‬1-7
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ‬1/5 ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ زوج ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬
. ‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.2 Stranded wire shall be used for signal
transmission, normally seven stranded wire is
used. For thermocouple wires normally seven
stranded wire is used.
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ اﻓﺸﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ارﺳﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑـﺼﻮرت ﺳـﻴﻢ‬2-7
7.3 The wire or cable should have a temperature
rating to meet environmental requirements. The
75°C is considered as a minimum. High
temperature insulation should be used in areas of
expected high temperature, such as furnace areas.
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ را داﺷﺘﻪ‬3-7
ً‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘـﻞ ﻣﻌﻤـﻮﻻ‬. ‫ﻫﻔﺖ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
. ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﻔﺖ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨـﻮان ﺣـﺪاﻗﻞ در ﻧﻈـﺮ‬75 ‫ دﻣﺎي‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
، ‫ در ﻣﻜﺎنﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ دارﻧﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻮرهﻫـﺎ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻘـﺎوم‬، ‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻏﻼف ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬4-7
‫در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ و ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ و ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮدﻫﻨـﺪه ﺷـﻌﻠﻪ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑـﻞ ﻣـﻮرد‬.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬IEC 60332 ‫دراﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬـﺎﺋﻲ‬
IEC 60331 ‫ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬، ‫از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آﺗﺶ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.4 The overall jacket material should be moisture
resistant, abrasion resistant and compatible with
the environment and flame retardant specified as
per IEC 60332. When cable is used in emergency
shutdown system, overall jacket as specified
material shall be fire resistant as per IEC 60331.
15
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫‪ 5-7‬ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ارﺟﺢ ﻳﻚ ورﻗﻪ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫‪7.5 The preferred shielding is aluminized‬‬
‫‪polyester film with an overall spiral wrap that has‬‬
‫‪25-percent overlap. The shield should be‬‬
‫‪electrically in contact with a copper drain wire‬‬
‫‪that is along the pair of signal wires. The shield‬‬
‫‪should be electrically insulated both inside and‬‬
‫‪outside.‬‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎ ‪ 25‬درﺻﺪ ﻫﻢﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ دور ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‪ .‬ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﮔﺮ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻮل زوج ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﺟﻮد دارد‪ ،‬در‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ از داﺧﻞ و ﻫﻢ از ﺧﺎرج از ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-7‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ داراي ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ‪ 20‬ﺗـﺎب در‬
‫‪7.6 Twisted wire should have a minimum of 20‬‬
‫‪crossovers per meter.‬‬
‫‪ 7-7‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﺮ زوج ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻛﺪﻫﺎي ﺷـﻤﺎرهاي‬
‫‪7.7 For wire pair identification, number coding or‬‬
‫‪color coding shall be used.‬‬
‫‪ 8-7‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ )ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮاﺗﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎﺑـﻞ ﭼﻨـﺪ زوج ﻗـﺮار‬
‫‪7.8 Communication wire shall be included in the‬‬
‫‪multipair cable.‬‬
‫‪ 9-7‬ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ روي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫‪7.9 For cables to be installed on trays, the over‬‬
‫‪sheath shall be made of flame retardant PVC or an‬‬
‫‪elastomeric compound and resistant to petroleum‬‬
‫‪products, which satisfies the requirements of the‬‬
‫‪latest edition of IEC 60332.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ رﻧﮕﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫از ﺟــﻨﺲ ﭘــﻲ وي ﺳــﻲ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮدﻫﻨــﺪه ﺷــﻌﻠﻪ ﻳــﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴــﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺘﻮﻣﺮي‪ ،‬و ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣـﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣـــﺎت اﺷـــﺎره ﺷـــﺪه درآﺧـــﺮﻳﻦ وﻳـــﺮاﻳﺶ اﺳـــﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫‪ IEC 60332‬را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10-7‬زره ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﮔﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار‬
‫‪7.10 The armour shall be galvanized round steel‬‬
‫‪wire supplemented by a helix of galvanized steel‬‬
‫‪tape to keep the armour wires tight. The thickness‬‬
‫‪of the galvanized steel tape shall be 0.3 mm. For‬‬
‫‪single core power cables the armour shall be made‬‬
‫‪of non-magnetic materials.‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ آن‪ ،‬در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫داﺷﺘﻦ زره ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﻮار ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ . /3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ زوج‬
‫ﻗﺪرت‪ ،‬زره ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎ‬
‫‪8. GUIDES ON SIGNALS SEPARATION‬‬
‫‪ 1-8‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺎﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺑـﻞ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫‪8.1 All the signals in muli pair cable or conduit‬‬
‫‪should be similar magnitude.‬‬
‫داراي ﻧﻮع و داﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽــﻪ ﺳــﻴﻢﻫــﺎﻳﻲ ﺑــﺮاي ﻳــﻚ داﻣﻨــﻪ وﺳــﻴﻊ از ﺳــﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ روي ﻳـﻚ ﻛﺎﺑـﻞ ﻳـﺎ داﺧـﻞ ﻳـﻚ ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻗـﺮار‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ زوج ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﻮده و اﻳﻦ ﺷـﻴﻠﺪ در‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ‪ AC‬را‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا از ﺳﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ‪ DC‬ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﺪار و اﻧـﺪازه ﺑـﺎ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﻗﻴـﺎس ﻫـﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺟﺪول ‪ 3‬را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪When wires for a wider range of signals must be‬‬
‫‪placed in the same cable or conduit, individual‬‬
‫‪pairs should be shielded and the shield grounded‬‬
‫‪at one point. Wires conducting AC signals should‬‬
‫‪also be segregated from wire conducting DC‬‬
‫‪signals of comparable magnitude (see Table No.‬‬
‫‪3).‬‬
‫‪ 2-8‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮان راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬـﺖ ﮔـﺮوه ﺑﻨـﺪي ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎي ﺣﺎﻣـﻞ‬
‫‪8.2 As a guide for grouping wires bearing electric‬‬
‫‪signals of the same magnitude, generally refer to‬‬
‫‪the following list:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮر‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ذﻳﻞ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1-2-8‬وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪8.2.1 DC voltage‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ 5‬وﻟﺖ < ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل < ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪signal <100mv‬‬
‫‪Low:‬‬
‫‪100mv<signal <5 volts‬‬
‫‪Medium:‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
High:
5 volts <signal <75 volts
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ وﻟﺖ‬5 < ‫ وﻟﺖ < ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬75
:‫زﻳﺎد‬
‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬2-2-8
8.2.2 AC voltage
‫ﻫﻤﺎن ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
Same boundaries as for DC voltage signals
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬3-2-8
8.2.3 DC current
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ‬50 ‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
Signal <50mA
8.3 The wiring from sensors with low level signals
other than 4-20 mA shall be completely separated
from other sensors or signal circuits.
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ از‬3-8
8.4 Thermocouple and RTD wiring should not be
mixed with wires bearing milli ampere signals,
because of the great difference in electrical
potential.
‫ ﺑﻌﻠـﺖ اﺧـﺘﻼف زﻳـﺎد‬RTD ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛـﺸﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘـﻞ و‬4-8
8.5 Wires for circuits in which sharp voltage
pulses are transmitted (such as relay contact
closures, relay coils, solenoid), should be
segregated from other wiring as per API RP 552
section 9.1.
‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﭘـﺎﻟﺲ ﺳـﻮزﻧﻲ وﻟﺘـﺎژ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﻣـﺪارات‬5-8
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً از دﻳﮕﺮ ﺣـﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻳـﺎ ﻣـﺪارات‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4
. ‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺟﺪا ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺎﻣـﻞ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ‬
.‫آﻣﭙﺮي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷـﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻗـﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ از‬، ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ‬،‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي رﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮرﻳﻜــﻪ در اﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺳــﺎﻳﺮ ﺳــﻴﻢﻫــﺎ ﺟــﺪا ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ آن اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1-9 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬API RP 552
8.6 Signal and power wiring should not be in the
same conduit, or junction box. (see Table No. 3)
‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و ﻗﺪرت ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻳـﺎ‬6-8
8.7 Intrinsically safe wiring should be physically
segregated from other wiring.
‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻣـﺪارات ذاﺗـﺎً اﻳﻤـﻦ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺼﻮرت‬7-8
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬3 ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ )ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ از ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎ ﺟﺪا ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬-9
9. TRAYS AND CONDUITS
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار زﻳﺎد ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺻـﻠﻲ‬1-9
9.1 Cable trays may be used to support a larg
number of cables between two major points.Tray
use is generally limited to Division 2 and nonclassified areas unless Intrinsically Safe wiring is
used.
‫ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده از‬.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑـﺮده ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي وﺑﺨـﺶ ﻫـﺎي‬2 ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
ً‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻛـﺸﻲ ذاﺗـﺎ‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
9.2 Trays are either horizontal or vertical type
should be covered to protect cables or tubing.
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع اﻓﻘﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬2-9
9.3 For cable tray protection system from device
failures, cable failures, lightning, and accidental
contact with other electrical wiring, the tray
system must be effectively bonded and grounded.
A bare copper bonding cable is frequently
installed in the tray to provide electrical continuity
for grounding. Usual structural mounting practices
will ground trays at many points.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑـﻞ اﺷـﻜﺎﻻت‬3-9
. ‫ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺎﺷـﻲ از ﺻـﺎﻋﻘﻪ و ﺑﺮﺧـﻮرد‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻄـﻮر ﻣـﻮﺛﺮ‬،‫ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﺨﺖ ﻣـﺴﻲ ﻣﻌﻤـﻮﻻً ﺑﻤﻨﻈـﻮر‬.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ و زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن در ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻧـﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫـﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫را در ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺘﻌﺪد زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬4-9
9.4 Metal barriers approximately twice the height
of the larger cable shall be used to separate
different signal types as needed.
‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً دو ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣـﻮرد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
17
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ در ﻣﻜﺎنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي وﺟﻮد دارد‬5-9
9.5 In areas containing fire hazards, trays should
be fire proofed. Material with a fire resistance
rating of 1 hour for structural steel should not be
excepted to give signal wire with its plastic
insulation integrity for more than a few minutes.
A time of 10 minutes for fire protection is
suggested.
‫ ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد اﺟﻨﺎس ﻣﻘﺎوم در‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آﺗﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪن ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ آن را ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ زﻣﺎن ده دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﭼﻨﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آﺗﺶ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺷــﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄــﻲ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ در اﻧﺘﺨــﺎب ﺟــﻨﺲ ﺳــﻴﻨﻲ و‬6-9
9.6 Environmental conditions should be
considered in selection of tray and conduit
materials. Galvanized steel trays and conduits
should be used as minimum.
‫ ﺳـﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺟـﻨﺲ ﻓـﻮﻻد‬.‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺣـﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣـﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده ﻗـﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﺺ )وزن ذاﺗﻲ( ﻣﺜﻞ وزن ﻛﺎﺑـﻞ و ﺳـﻴﻨﻲ و‬7-9
9.7 Dead loads such as the weight of the cable and
tray and live loads such as ice, snow, wind,
earthquake, and pulling in forces must necessarily
be considered, during tray system structural
design.
‫ زﻟﺰﻟـﻪ و ﻧﻴﺮوﻫـﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺎد‬،‫ ﺑﺮف‬،‫ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك )زﻧﺪه( ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻟﺰوﻣﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ و ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢ ﺳـﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻓﺮادي ﻛـﻪ در‬8-9
9.8 In order to ensure the safety of all personnel
who come in contact with tray installation,
specifications should require that all fabricated
pieces be free of burrs and sharp edges.
‫ ﻣﺸﺨـﺼﺎت ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧـﺼﺐ‬،‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎ دﺧﺎﻟـﺖ دارﻧـﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪه‬
.‫ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻄﻮح زﺑﺮ و ﺧﺸﻦ و ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
9.9 Above ground conduit runs may be used for
individual instrument wiring to terminal boxes for
handling wires and cables from terminal boxes to
the control room.
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺸﻲ رو زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ اﺳـﺖ ﺟﻬـﺖ ﺳـﻴﻢ‬9-9
9.10 Non-metallic conduit materials are seldom
used above ground in process plants outside
control rooms and they are not recommended for
instrument wiring, since these provide no
electrical shielding.
‫ ﻛﺎﻧــﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫــﺎي ﻏﻴــﺮ ﻓﻠــﺰي ﺑــﺼﻮرت رو زﻣﻴﻨــﻲ در‬10-9
‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫـﺎ و از‬
.‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ اﻃﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺧﺎرج از اﻃـﺎق ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﺑـﻪ ﻧـﺪرت ﺑﻜـﺎر‬،‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد و ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ زﻳﺮا در اﻳﻦ روش ﻫﻴﭻﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﺪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮد‬
9.11 When conduits are used for electrical
transmission signals, they shall be supported at
least once every 2 meters. They should never be
supported from process piping.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺘﻘـﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜـﻲ‬11-9
9.12 The shielding effect of steel conduit is
seriously reduced if electrical continuity is lost.
Conduit runs should be solidly connected to
assure continuity for their entire length. Taper
thread connections should be used on rigid
conduit.
‫ اﺛﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓـﻮﻻدي ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽـﻪ ﻳﻜﭙـﺎرﭼﮕﻲ‬12-9
‫ ﻣﺘـﺮ‬2 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮود ﺑﺸﺪت ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤـﺎم ﻃـﻮل ﺧـﻮد‬،‫از ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
9.13 Drains and seals should be considered in
order to prevent moisture in a close conduit
system.
‫ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ و آب‬،‫ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از رﻃﻮﺑـﺖ‬13-9
.‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
18
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺎﻋﻘﻪ‬-10
10. LIGHTNING PROTECTION
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳـﺖ در‬1-10
10.1 Instrument signal cables may be exposed to
high voltages caused by lightning, atmospheric
electrostatic phenomenon, power line transients,
or power lines falling on them. Ordinarily, no
protection is required if transmission cables are
enclosed in trenches, or grounded metallic
conduits.
‫ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪه اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳـﺴﻴﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻌﺮض وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي زﻳﺎد ﻧﺎﺷـﻲ از ﺻـﺎﻋﻘﻪ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪاري درﺧﻄﻮط ﻗﺪرت و ﻳﺎ ﺳﻘﻮط اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط‬،‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺟﻮ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل در داﺧﻞ‬،‫روي آﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه و ﻳﺎ درون ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﻓﻠـﺰي زﻣـﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
10.2 For long distance fiber optics provide the
most obvious immunity to electrical surges, as it
should be the first choice.
‫ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﺑﻬﺘـﺮﻳﻦ اﻳﻤﻨـﻲ را‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬2-10
10.3 For long distance, if fiber optics is not
available, and cables can not be protected by
routing along metallic shielding, protective
devices shall be used.
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽـﻪ ﻓﻴﺒـﺮ ﻧـﻮري در‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻃـﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬3-10
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮرﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬،‫در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻮك اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
.‫اوﻟﻴﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﺮس ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻮان ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ را ﺑـﺎ ﻋﺒـﻮر از ﻳـﻚ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده‬،‫ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
:‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺮارﻧﺪ‬
These devices are as follows:
. ‫( ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ دار‬1
1) Shield wires.
.‫( ﺑﺮقﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬2
2) Carbon air gap arresters.
. ‫( ﺑﺮقﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه از ﮔﺎز و آبﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬3
3) Hermetically sealed, gas-filled gap arresters.
.‫( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬4
4) Solid-state devices.
.‫( ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎ‬5
5) Fuses.
. ‫( ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ و ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬6
6) Inductive and resistive limiters.
.‫( وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬7
7) Hybrid devices.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬API RP 552 ‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
. ‫ﺷﻮد‬
Refer to API- RP 552, for additional information.
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬-11
11. JUNCTION BOXES
11.1 Junction box should be used to provide a
convenient location in which to connect
instrument wiring. Junction boxes should be used
to identify wires, to join wires in an orderly
arrangement, to enable reasonable lengths of cable
to be purchased and installed (See Fig. 1).
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺑﺘﻮان ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎي‬1-11
11.2 Wire splices should not be used.
‫ از ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪن ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎ ﺟﻬـﺖ اﺗـﺼﺎل ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻮرد‬2-11
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ را ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑـﺴﺘﻦ‬،‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
11.3 The following factors should be considered
in junction box selection and design.
‫ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ زﻳﺮ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬3-11
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و درﺟﻪ‬/ ‫اﻟﻒ( داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
.IEC-60529 ‫( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IP) ‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
.‫ب( ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
.‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬/ ‫ج( ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬
a) In door versus outdoor location and
degree of protection (IP) as IEC-60529.
b) The hazardous area classification.
c) Intrinsically safe versus non-intrinsically
safe installation.
19
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
.‫د( وﺟﻮد ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه و رﻳﺰش ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
d) The presence of a corrosive atmosphere or
dripping liquids.
.‫ﻫ( ﺟﻨﺲ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬
e) The materials of construction for the box.
f) The size of the box, based on the number
of terminal strips.
.‫ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬،‫و( اﻧﺪازه ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬
g) The need for access to the box, and the
number and type of doors or cover plates.
‫ز( ﺗﻌﺪاد و ﻧﻮع دربﻫﺎ و ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬
h) The need for fire and blast protection.
.‫ح( ﺿﺮورت ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺗﺶ و اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬
i) Allowance of adequate terminals for the
shields.
.‫ط( ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﻠﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ رﻧﮓ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻌﺒـﻪ اﺗـﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻳﺪ‬4-11
11.4 The interior color of junction boxes should
be white to improve visibility.
.‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
20
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻮار ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ‪ -2‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﺳﻴﻢ زوج زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻏﻼف ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ -3 .‬ﺷﻌﺎع اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ )ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
‫دارﻧﺪ( ‪ -4‬ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ‪ -5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ ‪ -6‬اﻧﺪازه ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ و ﺑﻠﻮكﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ‪ -7‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻏﻼف ﺳﻴﻢ زوج ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮد از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻏﻼف ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي زوج ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮار ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺧﻮردن روﻛﺶ ﺷﻴﻠﺪ در ﺟﻬﺖ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪن ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ -8 .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ آﺳﺎن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻃﻮل اﺟﺎزه داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ -9 .‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﺗﺼﺎل روي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ -10‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و زوج ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪن روﻛﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ -11‬ﺷﻤﺎره ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ ، ....‬از ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ -12 ...‬ﻃﻮل ﺑﺪون ﺷﻴﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 1‬اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪ -13‬ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل )ﮔﺎﻫﻲ اوﻗﺎت( ‪ -14‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪Fig. 1 – TYPICAL JUNCTION BOX‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -1‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪21‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
12. CONTROL ROOM WIRING
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ در اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-12
12.1 Wire routing in the control room shall be
done while separation consideration is to reduce
electrical interference.
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ در اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬1-12
12.2 The termination of field wiring in the control
room shall be generally at the marshaling cabinet.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎي واﺣـﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺗﻲ در اﺗـﺎق‬2-12
.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺟﺪاﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﺷﺎل اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺗﺎﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻤﻜﻲ از زﻳﺮ ﻛﻒ ﻛﺎذب ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Cables in auxiliary rooms shall run under false
floor. However, in control rooms appropriately
sized trenches shall be used to run the cables.
،‫ و ﻏﻴﺮذاﺗـﺎً اﻳﻤــﻦ‬،‫ ﺳــﻴﻢ ﻛــﺸﻲ ﺳــﻴﮕﻨﺎل ذاﺗـﺎً اﻳﻤـﻦ‬3-12
12.3 Intrinsically safe, non-intrinsically safe signal
transmission wiring, power wiring, alarms, and
motor control circuits shall be separated in
accordance with signal type.
‫ ﻫﺸﺪارﻫﺎ و ﻣﺪارات ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧـﻮع‬،‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬
.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
12.4 The interference can be picked up by DC
power supply wires and fed back through the
power supply to other instruments. This
interference can be minimized by completely
enclosing the power supply wiring in a steel wire
way entirely up to the instrument case by using
short lengths of twisted pair cord where plug-in
concepts are used, and by instrument case design
which provides signal wire entry at a point some
distance from the power entry point.
‫ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳـﻪ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬4-12
12.5 Each device requiring control center power
shall have its own powering circuitry.
‫ ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دارد‬5-12
12.6 Each device requiring power should be
grounded to the control center by mounting to
affect a conducting path or by a ground wire.
Ground wire size should be no less than the
supply conductor wire size.
‫ ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ دارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺗﺎق‬6-12
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ از ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﻣﻨﺒـﻊ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮر ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻗﺪرت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻗﺪرت در ﻳـﻚ ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓـﻮﻻدي ﺗـﺎ ﺑﺪﻧـﻪ‬
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﻣـﻮرد ﻧﻈـﺮ و ﺑـﺎ ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮد ﻃـﻮلﻫـﺎي ﻛﻮﺗـﺎﻫﻲ از‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ از دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده ﻣـﻲ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي زوج ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬
‫ و ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﻛـﻪ در آن ورودي ﺳـﻴﻢ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑـﻪ ﺣـﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل دور از ﻧﻘﻄـﻪ ورود ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻗـﺪرت ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪار ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺧﻮدش را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ‬.‫ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺎدي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ارت زﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
.‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎنﻫﺎي ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﺎﺋﻲ در‬7-12
12.7 All wirings normally have identities at both
ends by suitable wire markers or color codes in a
accordance with the user's design documentation.
‫ﻫﺮ دو ﺳﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔـﺬاري‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺪﻫﺎي رﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳـﻨﺎد ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮ اﻧﺠـﺎم‬
.‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬-13
13. GROUNDING
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ اﺗـﺼﺎل زﻣـﻴﻦ ﺑـﺎ‬1-13
13.1 All signal systems should have one high
quality instrument ground. The chief reason for
not using more than one earth ground is that
potential differences do exist between earth
grounds at different points within a given area.
These differences result from:
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ اﺧـﺘﻼف‬
‫ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در ﻧﻘـﺎط ﻣﺘﻌـﺪد داﺧـﻞ ﻳـﻚ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺧﺘﻼفﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺷـﻲ از ﻋﻮاﻣـﻞ‬،‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ آﻣﺪ‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
22
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
1) Ground return paths of electrical equipment.
.‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬-1
2) Natural soil differences and "battery action"
of the soil varying in voltage. Voltage
differences in this case are usually less than a
few tenths of a volt.
،‫ " ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺮي" ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺧﺎكﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬-2
‫ اﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎت ﭘﺘﺎﻧـﺴﻴﻞ در‬.‫وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﭼﻨﺪ دﻫﻢ وﻟﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
3) Cathodic protection currents impressed on
steel in contact with the soil.
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﺷـﻲ از ﺣﻔﺎﻇـﺖ ﻛﺎﺗـﺪي روي ﻓـﻮﻻد در‬-3
4) Induced currents caused by artificially
induced magnetic fields, from electrical
machinery and distribution systems, from
electromagnetic activity such as radio station,
radar (commercial and military, naval, and air
craft), and from other sources of interference.
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي اﻟﻘـﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﺷـﻲ از ﻣﻴـﺪانﻫـﺎي ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺴﻲ‬-4
.‫ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎك‬
‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜـﻲ و ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢﻫـﺎي‬، ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺜـﻞ اﻳـﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬
‫ درﻳـﺎﺋﻲ و ﻫﻮاﭘﻴﻤـﺎﺋﻲ( و‬،‫ رادار )ﺗﺠﺎري و ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ‬،‫رادﻳﻮﺋﻲ‬
.‫از ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
.‫ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬-5
5) Ground faults of electrical systems.
‫ ﺻﺎﻋﻘﻪ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﻮي ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻤـﺮاه اﻟﻘـﺎء ﺑـﺎر‬-6
6) Lightning and other atmospherically induced
static charge phenomenon.
.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬
Such potential differences can cause false signals,
or "noise" in instrument circuits and often cause
current flow in wireways, trays, and shields. These
false signals can in turn induce noise in circuits
within such enclosures.
،‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺧﺘﻼف ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛـﺎذب‬
‫ﻳﺎ " ﻧﻮﻳﺰ" در ﻣﺪارات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺷـﺪه و اﻏﻠـﺐ ﺑﺎﻋـﺚ اﻳﺠـﺎد‬
‫ اﻳـﻦ‬.‫ ﺳـﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎ و ﺷـﻴﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﺷـﻮد‬،‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﻣﺠﺎري ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﺎذب ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻮﺑـﻪ ﺧـﻮد ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧـﺪ ﺑﺎﻋـﺚ اﻟﻘـﺎء ﻧـﻮﻳﺰ در‬
.‫ﻣﺪارات داﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
13.2 Power grounds are typically specified as a
maximum of three to five ohms resistance to true
ground for most plant applications, and instrument
ground shall be less than one ohm resistance.
‫ اﺗـﺼﺎل زﻣـﻴﻦ ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢ‬،‫ در اﻏﻠﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬2-13
13.3 The instrument ground system separate from
the power ground should be used, unless
otherwise specified. With this approach, care is
necessary to avoid the accidental joining of the
two ground systems. Electrical isolation of the
instruments from incoming conduit, trays,
building steel, AC power supply, and the floor is
accomplished in order to ensure separation of the
two ground systems.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬3-13
‫ﻗﺪرت ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ اﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﻣـﻲﮔـﺮدد و ﻣﻘﺎوﻣـﺖ‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻳﻚ اﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪرت ﺟﺪا ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ دﻗﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ روﻳﻜﺮد‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳــﺎزي‬.‫اﺗﻔــﺎﻗﻲ اﻳــﻦ دو ﺳﻴــﺴﺘﻢ زﻣــﻴﻦ اﺟﺘﻨــﺎب ﮔــﺮدد‬
،‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ از ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫـﺎي ورودي‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺒـﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳـﻪ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬،‫ اﺳـﻜﻠﺖ ﻓﻠـﺰي ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب و ﻛﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزي دو ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢ‬
.‫زﻣﻴﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻮرد‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬4-13
13.4 Upon completion, a ground system should be
tested to verify that an adequate system is
available. Periodically thereafter, testing should be
repeated to verify that the ground system is still
adequate.
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ وﺟﻮد اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒـﻮل ﻣﺤﻘـﻖ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر دورهاي ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﻮد ﺗـﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴـﺪ‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﻮز ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
13.5 The need for grounded transmission circuit
and the location of the intentional ground is
related to the type of instrument or sensor in the
circuit.
،‫ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺪار ارﺳﺎل و ﻣﺤﻞ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛـﺮدن‬5-13
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ و ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻣﺪار ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
23
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
13.6 Shields on signal wires/cables shall be
grounded at the marshaling cabinet only.
‫ ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑـﻞﻫـﺎي ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻓﻘـﻂ در‬6 -13
13.7 The panel board is usually grounded through
attachment to a ground bus which is attached to
the panel.
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت دروﻧـﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﻳـﻚ‬7-13
13.8 The cases of instruments supplied with
electric power should be grounded to protect
personnel from electric shock.
‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪﻫـﺎي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴـﻖ داراي ﺗﻐﺬﻳـﻪ ﺑـﺮق ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺟﻬـﺖ‬8-13
13.9 The panelboard should have at least one
ground bus. Two buses may be used also, one for
AC instrument grounds, and the other for DC
grounds (see figure 2). For more information refer
to API RP 552, Sec. 20.
‫ دو‬.‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺷـﻴﻨﻪ زﻣـﻴﻦ داﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬9-13
.‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﺷﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ اﻓﺮاد از ﺑﺮق ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ زﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺑـﺮاي زﻣـﻴﻦ ﻛـﺮدن‬،‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب و دﻳﮕـﺮي ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬2 ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬API RP 552 ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬20
13.10 Buses are typically 6 mm thick and 25 mm
to 40 mm wide and constructed of copper
material.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ و ﺑـﻪ ﻋـﺮض‬6 ‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬10-13
13.11 Each panel section should have its own bus,
with the center of the bus connected to a ground
point which is common to all panel section
grounds, and from which an adequately sized
conductor leads to earth connection (See Fig. 2).
،‫ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺧـﻮد را داﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬11-13
13.12 The grounding of cases should not be
confused with circuit ground, which usually
requires other grounding procedures.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣـﻴﻦ ﻣـﺪار ﻛـﻪ‬12-13
13.13 Conduit grounding should be taken into
account, if the presence of severe interference is
indicated.
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﻀﻮر ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ اﺣﺴﺎس ﻣﻴـﺸﻮد ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ‬13-13
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮده و از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬40 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬25
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ از زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗـﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي‬
‫ و از آن ﻧﻘﻄـﻪ ﻳـﻚ‬،‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎدي ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑـﻪ اﺗـﺼﺎل زﻣـﻴﻦ ﻫـﺪاﻳﺖ ﺷـﻮد‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬2 ‫)ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً روﺷﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ را ﻧﻴﺎز دارد اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫اﺳﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
13.14 All exposed non-current-carrying metallic
parts that could become energized with hazardous
potentials, must be reliably connected to the
equipment grounding circuit.
‫ ﺗﻤــﺎم ﻗــﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻠــﺰي و ﻏﻴــﺮ ﺣﺎﻣــﻞ ﺟﺮﻳــﺎن ﻛــﻪ‬14-13
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ داراي ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞﻫﺎي ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺎك ﮔﺮدد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ‬
.‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎدي ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺗــﺼﺎل زﻣــﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴــﺰات ﻣﻄﻤــﺌﻦ ﻣــﻲﻛﻨــﺪ ﻛــﻪ اﺧــﺘﻼف‬
‫ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞﻫﺎي ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺗﻜـﻲ ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ ﻣـﺪارات‬.‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ آﻣـﺪ‬
‫ داراي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﺗـﺎ در‬،‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن را ﺑﻜـﺎر‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮوز ﺧﻄﺎ در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬3 ‫اﻧﺪازﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Equipment grounding assures that hazardous
potential differences do not exist between
individual instrument frames or between an
instrument frame and ground. Grounding circuits
must have a resistance low enough to operate over
current devices, should a ground fault occur
within the instrument (see Fig. 3).
‫ ﻫﺎديﻫﺎي ﻳﺪﻛﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫـﺎدي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در‬15-13
13.15 The spare conductors in a multi conductor
cable should be grounded at one point so that they
do not induce large voltage surges on signal
circuits when nearby lightning strikes occur.
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ آﻧﻬـﺎ در زﻣـﺎن ﺻـﺎﻋﻘﻪ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜـﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮد وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي ﺑﺰرﮔﻲ را روي ﻣﺪارات ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻘـﺎء‬
.‫ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
24
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫‪ 16-13‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽــﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘــﻞ در روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗــﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﺗﺤــﺖ‬
‫‪13.16 If the thermocouple is located on‬‬
‫‪cathodically‬‬
‫‪protected‬‬
‫‪equipment,‬‬
‫‪the‬‬
‫‪thermocouple should not be grounded.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺗﺪي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘـﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪13.17 For analog signals, the shield grounds shall‬‬
‫‪be terminated at a ground bus on the termination‬‬
‫‪panel.‬‬
‫‪ 17-13‬ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷـﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫زﻣﻴﻦ روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬
‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دار‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Fig. 2 – PANEL BOARD GROUNDING‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -2‬زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن ‪ -2‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ)‪ 75-50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﺑﺎﻻي ﻛﻒ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻧﻔﻮذ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮد‪ -3 .‬ﻛﻒ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه ‪-4‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي آب دادن ﺑﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ‪ -5‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺮاز زﻣﻴﻦ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ‪ -7‬ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﻓﻮﻻدي ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -8‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻣﺘﺮ از دﻳﻮار اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ‪ -9‬ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫اﻃﺮاف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭼﺎه و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 450‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 600‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -10‬ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ ﺷﺪه ‪ 250‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -11‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﻣﺴﻲ ‪ AWG 4‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺿﺪ آب ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ‪ 110 -105‬درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ‪ -12‬زﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻠﻮه ﺳﻨﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪ -13‬ﻏﻼف ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺿﺪ آب ﺑﺎ آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ارﺗﻔﺎع ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -14‬ﺧﺎك رس ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻧﺪه آب در ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪ -15‬ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪ 1/2‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪ -16‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﺤﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ‪ -17‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﻲ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 3‬اﻳﻨﭻ در وﺳﻂ ‪ -18‬اﻟﻜﺘﺮود روي ‪ 900 × 100 × 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -19‬ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ‪150‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﺗﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﺑﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﮔﭻ آﺑﺪار ‪ 75‬درﺻﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺘﻮﻧﻴﺖ ‪ 20‬درﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎت ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ‪ 5‬درﺻﺪ‬
‫‪Fig. 3 – GROUND ELECTRODE FOR LOW-CONDUCTIVITY SOIL CONDITION‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -3‬اﻟﻜﺘﺮود زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺎك در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫‪26‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
3
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ و ﺑﺨﺎرات‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬Div 1 ‫ﻋﻨﻮان‬
Some below grade spaces may be classified as
Div.1 if flammable gasses and vapors can
accumulate.
(‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑﺎدي‬-14
14. PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
Pneumatic signals are used today in older plants
and where there is a special advantage to
pneumatics. The advantages, needs and
recommended methods are discussed here.
‫اﻣﺮوزه در واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ و ﻳﺎ در ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ اﻣﺘﻴﺎز ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
(‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑﺎدي( وﺟﻮد دارد ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑـﺎدي‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎ و روﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ در اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
.‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
14.1 Pneumatic signal transmission shall have a
pressure range of 0.2-1.0 bar (3-15 Psi).
‫ ارﺳﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑﺎدي( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي داﻣﻨـﻪ ﻓـﺸﺎر‬1-14
14.2 Pneumatic transmission lines shall be ¼ inch
outside diameter tubing, with typical wall
thickness variation of 0.8 to 1mm.
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ارﺳﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑﺎدي( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬2-14
.‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬3) ‫ ﺑﺎر‬1 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/2 ‫ﻣﻌﺎدل‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻣﺘـﺮ‬1 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬./ 8‫اﻳﻨﭻ و ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪاره ﺑﻴﻦ‬
1
4
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
14.3 The tubing shall be PVC sheathed copper or
stainless steel for single runs.
‫ ﻳـﺎ ﻓـﻮﻻد‬PVC ‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷـﺶ‬3-14
14.4 Underground multi tube shall have
galvanized steel flexible armour, and be protected
overall against corrosion by a polyethylene jacket.
‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪﺗﺎﻳﻲ زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي زره ﻓـﻮﻻدي‬4-14
.‫ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮔــﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﻗﺎﺑــﻞ اﻧﻌﻄــﺎف ﺑــﻮده و ﺑﻄــﻮرﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﭘﻮﺷــﺶ‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧـﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﻏـﻼف ﭘﻠـﻲ اﺗـﻴﻠﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﻇـﺖ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از روﻏـﻦ و ﮔـﺮد و ﺧـﺎك‬5-14
14.5 Instrument air shall be oil and dust free.
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
14.6 Instrument air should be dried to a dew point
(measured at distribution pressure) of at least 8°C
below the minimum local recorded ambient
temperature at the plant site.
‫ ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ داراي ﻧﻘﻄـﻪ ﺷـﺒﻨﻢ )در‬6-14
14.7 Long continuous tubing runs should be used
to minimize the number of joints.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت از ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺘﻪ‬7-14
14.8 Bare ends and fittings should be protected
against corrosion by protective covering, which is
either corrosion resistant compound, or self
sealing plastic tape.
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﺨﺖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑـﺮ ﺧـﻮردﮔﻲ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ‬8-14
14.9 The pneumatic transmission lines shall be
properly supported and protected against
mechanical damage or overheating. The troughing
shall be adequately supported throughout its run in
the plant.
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ارﺳـﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫـﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑـﺎدي( ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻨﺤـﻮ‬9-14
14.10 When installing multi tube, each tube must
be appropriately coded throughout its length to
permit positive identification.
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻨﺤـﻮ‬،‫ در زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬10-14
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠـﺴﻴﻮس زﻳـﺮ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮﻳﻦ‬8 ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎر( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫دﻣﺎي ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫در ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤـﺎﻓﻆ ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ ﻣـﻮاد ﻣﻘـﺎوم ﺧـﻮردﮔﻲ ﻳـﺎ ﻧﻮارﻫـﺎي‬
.‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﻮد آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﮔﺮﻣـﺎﻳﺶ زﻳـﺎد ﻣـﻮرد‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ ﻣـﺴﻴﺮ‬.‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫در واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﻣـﺴﻴﺮ ﻛـﺪ ﮔـﺬاري ﮔـﺮدد ﺗـﺎ اﻣﻜـﺎن‬
.‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
27
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
14.11 In multi tube system, at least 20 per cent or
not less than two tubes per bundle shall be
provided as spares. In overhead installations, 25
percent of spare spacing shall be provided for
future expansion.
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو‬20 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ در ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪﺗﺎﻳﻲ‬11-14
14.12 Above ground multi tube shall be run on
trays.
‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪﺗﺎﻳﻲ رو زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻗـﺮار‬12-14
‫ در‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮان ﻳـﺪﻛﻲ اﻧﺘﺨـﺎب ﮔـﺮدد‬،‫ﺗﻴﻮب در ﻫﺮ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ آﺗﻲ‬25 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
14.13 When the length of the transmission line
between a controller and the corresponding
control valve exceeds 75 m., the line shall
terminate in a small volume device (e.g., a valve
positioner).
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻂ ارﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه و‬13-14
‫ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳـﻚ‬،‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬75 ‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.(‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮزﻳﺸﻨﺮ ﺷﻴﺮ‬
14.14 Provided the characteristics of any control
system are not adversely affected, transmission
distances may be up to 200 m.
‫ ﺑﺸﺮط آﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﻣـﻮﺛﺮي‬14-14
14.15 For control loops requiring fast response,
the length of tubing shall be kept as short as
possible, the controller may be field mounted if
necessary.
‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑـﻪ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ ﺳـﺮﻳﻊ‬15-14
‫ ﻣﺘـﺮ‬200 ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮد ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ارﺳﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻـﻮرت‬،‫دارﻧﺪ ﻃﻮل ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻛﻮﺗـﺎه ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫ﻟﺰوم ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺗﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﻪاي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
a) Single or bundled tubes may be run from
field mounted instruments to the central control
room. The selection of either single or bundled
tubes is based on engineering economics.
Single or bundled tubes run from various field
mounted instruments to collection points
around a processing unit. From the various
collection points, the tubes meet and follow a
common route to the control room. Individual
tubes are run to junction boxes, which serve as
collection points, and then from each of the
junction boxes, bundled tubes are routed
together to the panel in the control room (see
Fig. 4).
‫از ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷـﺪه ﻣﺤﻠـﻲ ﺗـﺎ اﺗـﺎق ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل‬
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻜـﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰي اﻣﺘﺪاد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﻪاي ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻗﺘﺼﺎد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻴﮕﻴـﺮد‬
‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺗﻜﻲ و ﻳـﺎ دﺳـﺘﻪاي از ادوات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺟﻤﻊ آوري در اﻃﺮاف ﻳـﻚ واﺣـﺪ‬
،‫ از ﻧﻘـﺎط ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﺟﻤـﻊ آوري‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ رﺳﻴﺪه و از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﻪ اﺗـﺎق‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫـﺎي اﺗـﺼﺎل‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻧﻘﺎط ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ از ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﺟﻌﺒـﻪﻫـﺎي اﺗـﺼﺎل ﻧﺎﻳـﻪﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺼﻮرت‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮي ﺗـﺎﺑﻠﻮ واﻗـﻊ در اﺗـﺎق ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل‬
.(‫ را ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬4 ‫ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻣﺮﺗـﺐ را ﻓـﺮاﻫﻢ‬،‫ب( ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
b) Junction boxes provide neat installation, and
protection against flash fire corrosion, weather,
and prolong the legibility of tubing tagging
information.
‫ آب و ﻫـﻮا‬،‫ و در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧـﻮردﮔﻲ ﺟﺮﻗـﻪ آﺗـﺶ‬،‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻤـﻮده و ﺗـﺪاوم اﻃﻼﻋـﺎت روي ﺑﺮﭼـﺴﺐ ﻧﺎﻳـﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪي را ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد‬
28
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫از اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫از اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫دﻳﻮاره‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮح ب‬
‫ﺷﺮح اﻟﻒ )ﻳﺎدآوري ‪( 1‬‬
‫)ﻳﺎدآوري ‪(2‬‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺮاز ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﻮا‬
‫ﺷﺮح ج )ﻳﺎدآوري ‪(3‬‬
‫‪Fig. 4 – ENCLOSED JUNCTION BOX CONFIGURATIONS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -4‬ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪Notes:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮح اﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺰرگ و‬
‫‪1. Detail A: junction box utilized for breakout‬‬
‫‪from a large continuous bundle to a small bundle‬‬
‫‪and single tubes.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮح ب‪ :‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻬﺖ وﺻﻞ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪2. Detail B: junction box used to join several small‬‬
‫‪tubing bundles to one large tubing bundle utilizing‬‬
‫‪a terminal plate and bulkhead fitting.‬‬
‫داﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ و ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺰرگ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل و اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫دﻳﻮاره را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪3. Detail C: junction box combining air header‬‬
‫‪and connections between large tubing bundle and‬‬
‫‪a variety of takeoffs.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺮح ج‪ :‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﻮا و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺰرگ و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 16-14‬ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ رو زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ‬
‫‪14.16 Individual tube installations are always‬‬
‫‪mounted above ground and are supported by trays,‬‬
‫‪these tray designs can differ, and they may be‬‬
‫‪"trough" or "ladder" types.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬اﻳـﻦ ﺳـﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎ از ﻧﻈـﺮ ﻃـﺮح‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از اﻧﻮاع "ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ"ﻳﺎ "ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻲ"‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻳﺮ زﻣـﻴﻦ ﻗـﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ﻣﮕـﺮ‬
‫آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ رو زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﺳـﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑـﻞﻫـﺎي ﺣﺎﻣـﻞ ﻳـﺎ ﮔﻴـﺮه ﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬در ﻧﺼﺐ زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ اﺳـﺖ در‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺮ از ﺷﻦ دﻓﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻳـﺎ در ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫـﺎ ﻛـﻪ در‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺳـﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻗـﺮار دارﻧـﺪ ﺟﺎﮔـﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧـﺪ )ﺷـﻜﻞ ‪ 5‬را‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫روشﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺗﻜﻲ و دﺳﺘﻪاي در واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻏﻼف‬
‫‪Bundled tubing should be run underground unless‬‬
‫‪otherwise specified. When it is run above ground,‬‬
‫‪it may be supported by trays messenger cable, or‬‬
‫‪clamps (brackets). When run under ground, the‬‬
‫‪bundles may be in sand filled trenches or in‬‬
‫‪conduit which is embedded in concrete (see‬‬
‫‪figs.5).‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ واﺷﺮ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺸﺎد ﺑﻮده ﺗﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺤﻮري ﺑﻪ‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺴﺖ آوﻳﺰان ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺖﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮار ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻧﺪه و‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎري‬
‫ﻧﺒﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺖ‬
‫در ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و ﻓﻀﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Fig. 5 – METHODS OF SUPPORTING SINGLE TUBES AND TUBING BUNDLES AT THE‬‬
‫‪PROCESSING UNIT‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -5‬روشﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ و دﺳﺘﻪ اي در واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫‪30‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
15. FIELD BUS
‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬-15
15.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-15
‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬1-1-15
15.1.1 Fieldbus is an industrial network system for
‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﺎس ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻲ در زﻣﺎن واﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ آراﻳﺶﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ اﻣﻜﺎنﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس داراي ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 61158
‫ و‬Profibus ،‫ در ﻓﻮﻧﺪﻳﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬HSF ‫ و‬H1 ‫از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﻓﻦ آوري ﻓﻮﻧﺪﻳﺸﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬.Profinet
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎ و ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
real- time distributed control. Fieldbus works on a
network structure which typically allows different
network topologies. According to IEC 61158
standard, fieldbus has different protocol sets
called types such as foundation fieldbus H1 and
HSE, Profibus, Profinet. Foundation Fieldbus
technology is commonly implemented within the
process control field and for new developments.
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪﻳﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﺑـﺎس ﻳـﻚ ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢ ارﺗﺒـﺎﻃﻲ ﺗﻤـﺎم‬2-1-15
15.1.2 Foundation fieldbus is an all digital, serial,
two-way communication system that interconnects
devices in the field such as sensors, actuators, and
controllers.
‫ ﺳﺮي و دو ﻃﺮﻓﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ در ﻳـﻚ‬،‫دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫واﺣﺪ را ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
(LAN) ‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪﻳﺸﻦ ﻓﻴﻠـﺪﺑﺎس ﻳـﻚ ﺷـﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﻪاي ﻣﺤﻠـﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ دروﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﺑــﻪ‬. ‫ﻛــﺎرﺑﺮد ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟــﻲ را در ﺳﺮاﺳــﺮ ﺷــﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳــﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳــﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫــﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪﻳــﺸﻦ ﻓﻴﻠــﺪﺑﺎس ﻣﺮاﺟﻌــﻪ ﺷــﻮد )اﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.(... ‫ و‬IEC-61499 ‫ و‬IEC-61158
Foundation fieldbus is a local area network (LAN)
for instruments, with built-in capability to
distribute a control application across the network.
Reference shall be made, and foundation fieldbus
application guidelines (refer to IEC-61158, IEC61499 …).
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬2-15
15.2 Definitions
‫ ﻳـﻚ ﺑﺨـﺶ از ﻓﻴﻠــﺪﺑﺎس اﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑــﻪ‬،‫ ﺳـﮕﻤﻨﺖ‬1-2-15
15.2.1 Segment is a section of a fieldbus which is
terminated in its characteristic impedance,
segments are linked by H1 card to the host system
to form a complete fieldbus system .
‫ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرت‬،‫اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺧﻮد ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺑـﺎن وﺻـﻞ ﺷـﺪه و ﻳـﻚ ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ‬H1
.‫ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫( ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﻲ اﺳﺖ )ﻣـﺜﻼً ﻳـﻚ‬Spur) ‫ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬2-2-15
15.2.2 Spur is the branch–line (e.g. a link
connected to a segment at a point on its route)
which is a final circuit for field device connection.
‫ارﺗﺒﺎط ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖ در ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮد ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﺪار ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ در‬
.‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
15.2.3 Trunk is the main communication highway
acting as a source of main supply to a number of
other links (spurs).
‫ ﺑﺰرﮔﺮاه اﺻﻠﻲ و اﺳﺎﺳﻲ اﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮان‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﻚ‬3-2-15
15.2.4 Terminator is an impedance-matching
module used at or near each end of a transmission
line that has the same characteristic impedance of
the line. Fieldbus devices may be powered either
from the segment (bus), or locally powered,
depending on the device design.
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺧـﻂ داراي‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﻴﺘﻮر‬4-2-15
‫( را‬Spur) ‫ ﺷﻤﺎري از دﻳﮕﺮ ﺷـﺎﺧﻪﻫـﺎ‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎن اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺧﻂ اﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ در دو اﻧﺘﻬـﺎي ﺧـﻂ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات ﻓﻴﻠـﺪ ﺑـﺎس‬،‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‬.‫ارﺳﺎل ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﺼﻮرت ﻣﺤﻠـﻲ‬،(bus) ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
31
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎ‬3-15
15.3 Terminations
15.3.1 All terminators located in the field shall be
installed in a in a junction box. Terminators
should not be installed in the fieldbus device.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪيﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ در واﺣﺪ ﻗﺮار دارﻧـﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در‬1-3-15
15.3.2 Allowable spur length for either bus or tree
topology are dependent on the number of
communication elements on the fieldbus. Table 5
relates
the
recommended
number
of
communication elements to spur length.
Maximum spur lengths are the same for type “A”,
“B”, “C” and “D” cables as defined in paragraph.
The table assumes one communication element
per spur. When a spur with passive trunk coupler
has more than one communication element, the
length of that spur should be reduced by 30 m per
communication elements. As the recommended
maximum total spur length is 120 m, the
maximum number of communication elements per
spur should be four. Spurs of length less than 1 m
should be regarded as splices.
‫ ﻳـﺎ درﺧﺘـﻲ‬bus ‫ ﻃﻮل ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﭙﻮر ﺑـﺮاي آراﻳـﺶ‬2-3-15
‫ ﺳـﻴﻢﺑﻨـﺪيﻫـﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰ‬.‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗـﺼﺎل ﻗـﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪول‬. ‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ روي ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس دارد‬
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل اﺳﭙﻮر را‬5
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷـﺪه اﺳـﺖ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
D , C , B , A ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻮل اﺳﭙﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﻮاع ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬـﺎي‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫـﺮ اﺳـﭙﻮر را‬،‫ ﺟﺪول‬.‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎن اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﻚ اﺳﭙﻮر داراي اﺗـﺼﺎل ﺗﺮاﻧـﻚ ﻏﻴـﺮ‬.‫ﻓﺮض ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزاي ﻫـﺮ ﻋﻨـﺼﺮ‬،‫ﻓﻌﺎل ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ اﻟﻤﺎن ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼـﻮن‬.‫ ﻣﺘـﺮ ﻛـﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑـﺪ‬30 ‫ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻃﻮل اﺳـﭙﻮر ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃـﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬120 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻮل اﺳﭙﻮر ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑـﺮاي ﻫـﺮ اﺳـﭙﻮر ﭼﻬـﺎر ﻋـﺪد‬
‫ اﺳﭙﻮرﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘـﺮ ﻃـﻮل دارﻧـﺪ ﻣﻔـﺼﻞ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
TABLE 5 – RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM SPUR LENGTHS VERSUS
NUMBER OF COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﭙﻮرﻫﺎ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ‬-5 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Total number of
communication elements
Recommended maximum spur
length, m
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
25-32
0
19-24
30
15-18
60
13-14
90
1-12
120
32
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
Fig. 6 - SEGMENT TOPOLOGIES
‫ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﻟﻮژي ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖ ﻫﺎ‬-6‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖ در ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬4-15
15.4 Fieldbus Segment Design
15.4.1 Segments shall contain no more than 2 final
elements (Control Valve, MOV…)
‫ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از دو ﻋﻨـﺼﺮ ﻧﻬـﺎﺋﻲ داﺷـﺘﻪ‬1-4-15
15.4.2 Segment design shall ensure that adequate
provision is made to accommodate later additions
and /or reallocation of devices.
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛـﻪ اﻓـﺰاﻳﺶ‬2-4-15
.(... ‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮري و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪي و ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ وﺳـﺎﺋﻞ در آن ﻛـﺎﻣﻼً ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨـﻲ ﺷـﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
33
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
15.4.3 Segment loading requirements shall be
designed to prevent any problem likely to be
caused by overloading.
‫ ﭼﻴﻨﺶ ﺑﺎر روي ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻃـﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‬3-4-15
15.4.4 Grouping of instrumentation devices and
function blocks (FB) on the fieldbus segment shall
be such that a failure of one segment shall not
affect more than one I/O group.
‫ ﮔــﺮوه ﺑﻨــﺪي وﺳــﺎﺋﻞ اﺑــﺰار دﻗﻴــﻖ و ﺑﻠــﻮكﻫــﺎي‬4-4-15
‫ﺷــﻮد ﻛــﻪ از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧــﻪ ﻣــﺴﺎﻟﻪ اﺣﺘﻤــﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﺷــﻲ از اﺿــﺎﻓﻪ ﺑــﺎر‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫( در روي ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻨﺤـﻮي‬FB) ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻛــﻪ ﺧﺮاﺑــﻲ ﻳــﻚ ﺳــﮕﻤﻨﺖ ﺑــﻴﺶ از ﻳــﻚ ﮔــﺮوه‬
.‫( را ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‬I/O) ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬/‫ورودي‬
15.4.5 Devices of different process units shall not
share common segments and H1 cards i.e.
segments and H1 cards of process units shall be
segregated.
‫ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬5-4-15
15.4.6 Only one device shall be connected to each
spur.
. ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ اﺳﭙﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬6-4-15
15.4.7 Redundant measurements and control loops
shall be on separate H1 segments.
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻫـﺎي اﻓﺰوﻧـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬7-4-15
15.4.8 Segment topology shall be the ‘tree’, ‘spur’
or ‘combination’. The ‘daisy chain’ is not
acceptable, see Fig. 6.
‫ اﺳﭙﻮر ﻳـﺎ‬،‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ درﺧﺘﻲ‬8-4-15
‫ ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ‬،‫ ﻣـﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬H1 ‫داراي ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎرتﻫـﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط ﺑـﻪ واﺣـﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ‬H1 ‫ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎرت ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪا ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
. ‫ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬H1 ‫روي ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬،‫ آراﻳﺶ "زﻧﺠﻴﺮهاي" ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫ را ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬6
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻓﺰوﻧـﻪ ﺑـﻮده و داراي‬9-4-15
15.4.9 Segment power supplies shall be redundant
with output current limiter and fed by redundant
feeders from the host system. Each feeder from
the host system shall be independently fused. It
shall be possible to replace a faulty power supply
without de energizing the segment.
‫ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺧﺮوﺟـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ و ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳـﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻓﺰوﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎن ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻳﻚ‬.‫از ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻼً داراي ﻓﻴﻮز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﺪون ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮق ﻳﻚ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜـﺎن‬
.‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
15.4.10 Power supply capacity shall include one
spur fault condition of 50 mA additional load.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ﺑﺎر‬50 ‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬10-4-15
15.4.11 In FAT typical segments shall be
established to include the worst cases of the
applications and tested with all H1 cards.
‫( ﺑﺎﻳـــﺪ‬FAT) ‫ در آزﻣـــﻮنﻫـــﺎي ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧـــﻪاي‬11-4-15
.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺷﺪن ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اي اﻳﺠﺎد ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮدي‬
‫ ﻣـﻮرد آزﻣـﻮن‬H1 ‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎرتﻫـﺎي‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎرت ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻴﺰﺑـﺎن‬LAS 12-4-15
15.4.12 The primary Link Active Scheduler (LAS)
shall reside in the host controller card and the
backup LAS shall reside in a monitoring only
fieldbus device or a dedicated LAS device. Each
segment shall have an enabled backup LAS.
‫ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻠـﺪ ﺑـﺎس‬LAS ‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮاً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳـﺎ ﻳـﻚ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ اﺧﺘـﺼﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎن ﻓﻌﺎل‬LAS ‫ ﻫﺮ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ ﺟﺎي ﮔﻴﺮد‬LAS
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳــﺎده ﻳــﺎ ﺗﻜــﻲ در‬PID ‫ ﺟﻬــﺖ ﻛﻨﺘــﺮل ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه‬13-4-15
‫ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ آن ﺣﻠﻘـﻪ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل را‬FB ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم‬،‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻳﻚ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲدﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎده و ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻲ‬PID ‫ ﻫﺎي ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬FB ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
PID ‫ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‬،‫ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ روي ﻳﻚ ﺳﮕﻤﻨﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ‬
15.4.13 for simple/single PID control in the filed
device, all function blocks that make up that
control loop must reside on the same segment.
When all function blocks of a simple/ single PID
control loop cannot reside on the same segment,
34
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
the PID control shall reside in the host system.
When simple/single loop PID control is
implemented in the field device, the PID function
block shall be located in the final control element.
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺳﺎده ﻳـﺎ ﺗﻜـﻲ در ﻳـﻚ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ در واﺣـﺪ ﻣـﻮرد‬PID ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻋﻨـﺼﺮ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل‬PID ‫ ﻫـﺎي‬FB ،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد‬
. ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري‬-16
16. FIBER OPTICS
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-16
16.1 General
‫ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻦآوري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﻴﺮي‬1-1-16
16.1.1 Fiber optics is the technology of using glass
based waveguides to transport information from
on point to another point in the form of light.
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮج ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل اﻃﻼﻋـﺎت از‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻧـﻮر ﻣـﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده ﻗـﺮار‬
. ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪادي‬2-1-16
16.1.2 Fiber Optic Cable is a cable containing one
or more fiber optic waveguides. Jacketing material
is provided to facilitate handling and to protect the
fiber. Maintenance of optical fiber cable is similar
to that required for conventional cables when
constructed of similar insulating and strength
member materials.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ‬.‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮج ﺑﺮ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫وﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻟﺰوم ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
.‫ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
Normal plant protection shall be followed
emphasizing the need to protect the cable from
physical damage.
:‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬2-16
16.2 Underground Conduit System:
‫ داﻛـﺖ‬، D ‫ و‬C ‫ و‬B ‫ ﻧـﻮع‬PVC ‫داﻛﺖ زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ از ﺟـﻨﺲ‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه و ﭘـﺸﻢ ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬، ‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ داﻛﺖ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آﻓﺘـﺎب ﻗـﺮار‬. ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ داﻛﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣـﻲرود ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ‬،‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬D ‫ ﻧﻮع‬PVC ‫ﭘﺸﻢ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬
‫روزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤـﻖ دﻓـﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴـﺖ ﺧﻤـﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺗـﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﮔـﺮدد‬
‫ ﺳـﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘـﺎﺋﻴﻦﺗـﺮ از‬60 ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Underground ducts are made of polyvinyl chloride
types B, C and D multiple plastic duct, galvanized
steel and fiberglass. If the duct is exposure to
sunlight, a nonmetallic conduit shall be either
fiberglass or PVC type D conduit. Any aboveground conduit run shall have expansion joints at
appropriate intervals, to account for flexing of the
material. The burial depth of a conduit system is
generally a minimum depth of 60 cm below final
grade.
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت ﺑﻲﺳﻴﻢ‬-17
17. WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-17
17.1 General
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﺖ از اﻧﺘﻘﺎل اﻃﻼﻋـﺎت ﺑـﻪ‬1-1-17
17.1.1 Wireless communication is the transfer of
information over a distance via radio waves.
Wireless sensor systems have the potential to help
industry use energy and materials more
efficiently, lower production costs, and increase
productivity.
‫ ﺳﻴـﺴﺘﻢﻫـﺎي ﺣـﺴﮕﺮ‬.‫ﻧﻘﺎط دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮج ﻫﺎي رادﻳﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻲﺳﻴﻢ داراي اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫـﺎي‬،‫ﺗﺎ اﻧﺮژي و ﻣﻮاد را ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺗﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داده و ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ در راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺑـﻲ ﺳـﻴﻢ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
HART ،‫ﻣﺘﻌــﺪدي در دﻧﻴــﺎي ﻛﻨﺘــﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨــﺪ وﺟــﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭘـﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ را از ﺳـﻮي‬ISA 100.11a ‫ﺑﻲﺳـﻴﻢ و‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺨﻮد اﺧﺘـﺼﺎص داده‬
While several standards concerning wireless
instrumentation exist in the world of process
control, wireless HART and ISA 100.11a seem to
be gaining the most support from equipment
35
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
manufacturers and end users.
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ دادهﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ارﺳـﺎل روي ﺑﺎﻧـﺪ ﻓﺮﻛـﺎﻧﺲ‬2-1-17
17.1.2 By spreading data transmission across the
available frequency band in a prearranged
schemes, spread spectrum encoding technology
makes the signal less vulnerable to noise,
interference, and snooping. The significant
amount of metal often found in industrial settings
can cause signals sent over a single frequency to
bounce and cancel other signals arriving at the
same time. Spread-spectrum technology helps
overcome this problem and allows multiple users
to share a frequency band with minimal
interference from other users.
‫ ﻓـﻦآوري ﻃﻴـﻒ‬، ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻃﺮح ﻫﺎي از ﻗﺒـﻞ آﻣـﺎده ﺷـﺪه‬
،‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮده ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ در ﻣﻌـﺮض ﻧـﻮﻳﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻘـﺪار ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﺗـﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﻓﻠـﺰ در‬. ‫ و ﺗﺠﺴﺲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻚ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ارﺳﺎل ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻲ را ﻛﻪ در ﻫﻤﺎن زﻣﺎن ﻣﻲرﺳﻨﺪ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﻦآوري ﻃﻴﻒ ﮔﺴﺘﺮده ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬.‫و ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ آﻣﺪه و اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧــﺪ ﻓﺮﻛــﺎﻧﺲ را ﺑــﺎ ﺣــﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗــﺪاﺧﻞ از ﺳــﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﺮﻫــﺎ ﺑﻄــﻮر‬
. ‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار دﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ‬2-17
‫ دو ﻃﺮح ﻃﻴﻒ ﮔﺴﺘﺮده ﻛﻪ از ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ‬1-2-17
‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.DSSS ‫ و‬FHSS ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
17.2 Applications
17.2.1 The two most common spread spectrum
schemes that are suitable for industrial wireless
systems are frequency hopping spread spectrum
(FHSS) and direct sequence spread spectrum
(DSSS).
‫ راه ﺣــﻞﻫــﺎي ﺑــﻲ ﺳــﻴﻢ ﻫﻮﺷــﻤﻨﺪ در واﺣــﺪ از‬2-2-17
‫ ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻲ‬.‫ﻓﻦآوري ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﻮدﺳﺎزﻣﺎﻧﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺧﻮدﺳﺎزﻣﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻳﺎب ﺑـﺮاي‬
‫ و ﭘﻴـﺎم را ﻋﺒـﻮر ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬،‫وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺧﻮد ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮده‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ارﺗﺒﺎط اﻓﺰوﻧـﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ‬.‫اﺻﻞ ﭘﻴﺎمﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ و درﮔﺎه آن را ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻲآورد‬
17.2.2 The smart wireless solutions in the field use
self-organizing mesh technology. Each wireless
device in a self-organizing network can act as a
router for other nearby devices, passing message
along until they reach their destination. This
capability provides redundant communication
between each device and its gateway.
:‫ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ‬HART ‫ اﺻﻮل‬3-17
17.3 Wireless HART Basics:
HART) ‫ ﺑــﻲ ﺳــﻴﻢ‬HART ‫ ﭘﺮوﺗﻜــﻞ ارﺗﺒــﺎﻃﻲ‬1-3-17
17.3.1 The wireless version of the HART
communication protocol, wirelessHART, uses a
wireless mesh networking multipath topology and
is designed specifically for process automation
applications. Each wirelessHART network
includes three main elements:
‫ﺑﻲﺳﻴﻢ( از ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ راﻫـﻪ ﺑـﻲ ﺳـﻴﻢ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﻛﺮده و ﺑﺨـﺼﻮص ﺟﻬـﺖ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫـﺎي اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺳـﻴﻮن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪي‬
‫ ﺑـﻲﺳـﻴﻢ ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ ﺳـﻪ‬HART ‫ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫اﻟﻤﺎن اﺻﻠﻲ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ واﺣﺪ )ﻳﺎ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪه واﺣﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺑﻲﺳﻴﻢ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات واﺣﺪ‬
• Wireless field devices (or wired field devices
with wireless adapters) connected to process or
plan equipment.
‫ درﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎط دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﻴﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬‫ﺑﻲﺳﻴﻢ واﺣﺪ و ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎن را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر‬
‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎي ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد واﺣﺪ‬
.‫ﻗﺎدر ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد‬
،‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬‫ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺎم و ﭘﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪرﻳﺰي ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬
.‫ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
• Gateways/Access points that enable
communication between wireless field devices
and host applications connected via a highspeed backbone or other existing plant
communications network.
• A Network Manager responsible for
configuring
the
network,
scheduling
communications, managing message routes and
monitoring network health.
36
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
: ISA 100 ‫ اﺻﻮل‬4-17
17.4 ISA 100 Basics:
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ‬ISA 100.11a ،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬1-4-17
17.4.1 Similarly, ISA 100.11a is a multi-protocol
capability that also will allow to deploy a single,
integrated wireless infrastructure platform in a
plant. The standard network will have the ability
to simultaneously communicate with many
existing
application
protocols
wirelessly
throughout a plant, including HART, Foundation
Fieldbus, Modbus, Profibus, Common Industrial
Protocol and more. The ISA 100 network will be
optimized to send all these protocols wirelessly,
preserving existing protocol investments and
protecting future protocol needs.
‫ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ زﻳﺮﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻲﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ در ﻳﻚ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻳﻦ ﻗﺪرت را دارد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از‬
‫ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺮﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪﻳﺸﻦ‬،HART ‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ و‬،Profibus ،Modbus ،‫ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬
‫ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم‬ISA 100 ‫ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬.‫ﻏﻴﺮه ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬاري روي‬،‫ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞﻫﺎ را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ارﺳﺎل‬
‫ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد را ﺣﻔﻆ و از ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي آﺗﻲ ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
37
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
APPENDICES
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
WIRING TECHNIQUES
‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
1. Electronic instruments use medium and low
level signals. These signals should involve small
values of voltage or current. These signals should
not be altered by any external means during their
transmission from the transmitter to the receiver,
for if some of the signal is lost or otherwise
modified, the receiver will give an erroneous
reading. Therefore, signal transmission for
electronic instrumentation requires careful wiring
techniques. Many problems encountered with
electronic instrumentation are the result of poor
practice or arrangement in the design of signal
wiring.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴــﺰات اﺑــﺰار دﻗﻴــﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜــﻲ از ﺳــﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺳــﻄﻮح‬-1
2. Good circuit continuity and good wiring and
terminal block insulation are required if the full
signal is going to reach the receiver, In order to
maintain good continuity, all wiring connections
must be well made for low resistance connections.
Poor connections are usually high resistance and
allow an unexpected voltage drop to develop in
the circuit resulting in an erroneous reading. A
connection of this type may change resistance
with temperature, vibration, etc., and cause an
erratic reading.
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬-2
3. Good insulation (high resistance insulation)
between
individual
conductors,
between
conductors and the conduit wall, between
terminals, and between the terminals and the
terminal box is provided by careful material
selection and application. Most insulating
materials lose efficiency when they are exposed to
chemicals and moisture becoming, in effect, high
resistance conductors. It is important that
insulation be suitable for moist and/or chemical
atmospheres. Moisture usually finds its way into
outdoor installations of conduit and junction
boxes. The most common way is for air and
chemicals to be drawn in as the conduit and boxes
cool.
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺧﻮب )ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ( ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از‬-3
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻳـﻦ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫـﺎ در‬.‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻛﻢ وﻟﺘﺎژ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻼل اﻧﺘﻘﺎل از ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻋﺎﻣـﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ زﻳﺮا اﮔﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮود و‬
‫ اﻃﻼﻋـﺎت ﻧﺎدرﺳـﺖ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ دﻳﮕـﺮي ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﻳﺎﺑـﺪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ارﺳـﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات‬.‫درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑـﻪ اﻧﺠـﺎم روﺷـﻬﺎي دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺳـﻴﻢ‬
‫ ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬.‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺟـﺮا‬،‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫و آراﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪار داراي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ و ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺧﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬
‫ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر داﺷﺘﻦ‬.‫ﺑﻠﻮكﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل‬.‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و داراي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً داراي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﻳﺠﺎد اﻓﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﺎﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ داده و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬،‫ ﻟﺮزش و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ دﻣﺎ‬
.‫درﻳﺎﻓﺖ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎديﻫﺎ و دﻳﻮاره ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬،‫ﻫﺎديﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ در‬.‫و ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮض ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ واﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﺎرآﺋﻲ ﺧﻮد‬
‫را از دﺳﺖ داده و در واﻗﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺎدﻳﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﻮذ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮون از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ راه ﺑﺮاي ورود ﻫﻮا و ﻣﻮاد‬.‫اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺳﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه ﻣﻮاد ﺷـﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ در ﻧﻘـﺎط ﭘـﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬،‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
The moisture condenses and along with the
chemicals remains at the low points in the conduit
and boxes causing deterioration of the insulation
and/or connections.
38
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
The signal may also be modified by additional
voltages and currents (called "noise") that are
unintentionally introduced into the signal
transmission circuit. This noise is usually coupled
into the transmission circuit from other wires
running nearly and parallel to the signal wires or
from currents flowing in one of the signal wires
that is used as a common wire for several different
circuits.
(‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ )ﻧـﻮﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻤـﺪي ﺑـﻪ داﺧـﻞ ﻣـﺪار ارﺳـﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل وارد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻢﻫـﺎﺋﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﻲ و ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ‬
‫و ﻳﺎ از ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺟﺎري در ﻳﻜـﻲ از ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎي ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺪار ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده اﺳـﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺪار ارﺳﺎل وارد ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Noise introduced from nearby wires is coupled
into the signal circuit through mutual inductance
or capacitance between the nearby wires and the
signal wiring. These effects are often experienced
when power wires are run along side of instrument
signal wires.
‫ﻧﻮﻳﺰ از ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﺠـﺎور ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ اﻟﻘـﺎء ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑـﻞ و ﻳـﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴـﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎور و ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑـﻪ ﻣـﺪار‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪه اﻏﻠﺐ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎي‬.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وارد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺪرت در ﻛﻨـﺎر ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎي ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧـﺼﺐ ﺷـﺪهاﻧـﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
4. Mutual inductance is a type of coupling
between conductors, such as that existing between
the primary and secondary windings of a
transformer. When a wire is carrying alternating
current, a magnetic field is generated around the
wire. If a signal wire is running along side of a
wire carrying alternating current, it will be in the
alternating magnetic field and as the changing
magnetic field cuts through the signal wire,
alternating current will be generated in it. This
effect is directly proportional to the current
flowing through the source line and to the distance
that the lines are running parallel. It is inversely
proportional to the square of the distance between
the wires.
‫ اﻟﻘﺎء ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎديﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﭽـﻪ‬-4
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ اوﻟﻴﻪ و ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳـﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﺗﺮاﻧـﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر وﺟـﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨـﺎوب اﺳـﺖ ﻳـﻚ‬.‫دارد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳـﻴﻢ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺪان ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﺳﻴﻢ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻛﻨﺎر ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻗـﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد‬
‫در ﻣﻴــﺪان ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴــﺴﻲ آن واﻗــﻊ ﻣﻴــﺸﻮد و زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜــﻪ ﻣﻴــﺪان‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻳـﻚ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬،‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
ً‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪه ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ‬.‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب در ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟـﺎري در ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺒـﻊ و ﻃـﻮل دو ﺳـﻴﻢ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻜـﻮس ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﺠـﺬور‬.‫ﻣﻮازي اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ دو ﺳﻴﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻤﻘـﺪار زﻳـﺎدي‬،‫ﻧﻮﻳﺰ در ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻟﻘﺎء ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺮار دادن ﺧﻄـﻮط ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ در‬
‫ﺣــﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻــﻠﻪ دور از ﺧﻄــﻮط ﺣﺎﻣــﻞ ﻗــﺪرت ﻳــﺎ دﻳﮕــﺮ‬
‫ ﻗـﺮار‬، ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎنﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎنﻫـﺎي ﺿـﺮﺑﻪاي‬
‫دادن ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺜـﻞ ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻬـﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴـﺪه ﺑـﺮاي ﺣـﺬف ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬،‫ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
.‫ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬،‫ ﺣﺬف ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك در ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‬،‫اﻟﻘﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻟﻘﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﻴﻮﻧـﺪ ﻣـﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨـﺪ در‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ زاوﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳـﻴﻢ‬
.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻳﻨﺪ‬
The noise produced in signal lines through mutual
inductance can be greatly reduced by running the
instrument signal lines the maximum distance
away from lines carrying power or other highlevel alternating and pulsating currents; running
signal lines in a magnetic shield such as steel
conduit, using twisted wires to cancel inducted
currents; providing common mode rejection in the
receiver instrument. Noise is not inductively
coupled to signal lines that are running at right
angles to the AC wiring.
39
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ زوج ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬-5
5. NOISE REDUCTION BY TWISTED PAIR
Fig. A
Fig. B
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ب‬
The advantages of a symmetrically twisted pair
transmission line over a parallel pair of wires are
based on the fact that much of the induced noise
will be cancelled out.
‫ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ارﺳﺎل زوﺟﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﻣﺘﻘـﺎرن ﻧـﺴﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي زوﺟﻲ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار‬
.‫زﻳﺎدي ﻧﻮﻳﺰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺬف ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
When a parallel pair of wires is run along side of a
wire carrying an alternating current as in Figure
A, the resultant alternating magnetic field
generates an alternating current in each of the
parallel signal wires. The signal wire nearest to
the source of the alternating magnetic field will be
in a denser portion of the field and will therefore
have a greater current induced into it than the
current induced into the more distant wire. This
produces a difference in the induced AC voltage
(noise) appearing between the ends of one wire
and the ends of the other wire. When two wires
are connected into an instrument signal circuit, the
difference between the two induced voltages is an
AC noise voltage that is in series with the signal
circuit.
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ زوج ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣـﻮازي در ﻛﻨـﺎر ﻳـﻚ ﺳـﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻣـﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴـﺮد ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﻛـﻪ در ﺷـﻜﻞ اﻟـﻒ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺪان ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ‬.‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب در ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻨﺒـﻊ ﺗﻮﻟﻴـﺪ ﻣﻴـﺪان ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺴﻲ ﻣﺘﻨـﺎوب‬
‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﺸﺮدهﺗﺮ از ﻣﻴﺪان ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴـﺮد و‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ در آن ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ از ﺳـﻴﻤﻲ اﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ در‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪه ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻳﻚ اﺧـﺘﻼف در‬.‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ دورﺗﺮي واﻗﻊ اﺳﺖ‬
‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﻧﻮﻳﺰ( ﺑـﻴﻦ دو اﻧﺘﻬـﺎي ﻳـﻚ ﺳـﻴﻢ و دو‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ دو ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار‬.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﺧـﺘﻼف ﺑـﻴﻦ دو وﻟﺘـﺎژ‬،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻧﻮﻳﺰ اﺳﺖ را ﻣـﻲدﻫـﺪ‬
. ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪار ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺳﺮي ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
If the wires are twisted most of this voltage can be
cancelled out. The idea is illustrated in Fig. B. It
can be seen that, as the relative positions of the
two wires reserve with respect to the noise source,
each wire is in the strongest part of the field for
the same amount of its length as the other wire is.
This way the average current induced is nearly
equal in each wire. The voltage measured from
one end to the other of each wire of a twisted pair
will therefore be nearly equal and little noise
voltage will be induced in series with the
instrument signal circuit.
‫اﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﻏﻠﺐ اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪ وﻟﺘﺎژﻫـﺎ ﺣـﺬف‬
.‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ ب ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه اﺳـﺖ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ دو ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻃﻮل دو ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻤﻘـﺪار ﻣـﺴﺎوي‬،‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑـﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴـﺐ‬.‫در ﻗﻮي ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻴﺪان ﻗﺮار ﻣـﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً در ﻫـﺮ دو ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻳﻜـﺴﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ وﻟﺘﺎژ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺗـﺎ اﻧﺘﻬـﺎي‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ زوج ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ دو ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـﺎً ﻣـﺴﺎوي‬
‫ﺑﻮده و ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﻲ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺳﺮي ﺑﺎ ﻣـﺪار ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
.‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
40
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
COMMON
‫ ﻛﺎﻫــﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺬف ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‬-6
If the signal circuits of both the transmitter and
receiver are references to some common
conductor such as the plant grounding system
another type of noise problem will result from
mutual inductance. Although the twisted pair
prevents noise from being induced in series with
the signal circuit, the noise voltage that is
common to both conductors is still present.
‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﺪارات ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﻨﺪه و ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪه ﺑﻌﻨـﻮان‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎدي ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ زﻣـﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺳﻴـﺴﺎت در‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻧﻮع دﻳﮕـﺮي از ﻣـﺸﻜﻞ ﻧـﻮﻳﺰ ﻧﺎﺷـﻲ از اﻟﻘـﺎء‬
‫ ﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ زوج ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴـﺪه از‬.‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺪﻳﺪار ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺳﺮي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪار ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺟﻠـﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣـﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬
‫وﻟﻲ ﻫﻨﻮز وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﻫـﺮ دو ﻫـﺎدي ﻣـﺸﺘﺮك اﺳـﺖ‬
. ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎن ﺣﻀﻮر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
6. NOISE REDUCTION
MODE REJECTION
BY
Fig. C
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ج‬
"‫در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ ج ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل "ب‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه از داﺧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
B ‫ و‬A ‫ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ اﻟﻘﺎء ﺷﺪه در ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي‬.‫ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل دارد‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﻮﻳﺰ در ﻣﺪار ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ از‬
‫ و اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ورودي‬،‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ارﺳﺎل‬،‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه‬
‫( از‬EN) ‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬.‫( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬RL) ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‬
‫راه ﻣﺪار ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ آن ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ داده ﺷﺪه و از‬
‫ اﻳﻦ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ‬.‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻣﻲرﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك اﻛﻨﻮن ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ورودي ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه و ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ از ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ورودي‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﭘﺪﻳﺪار ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل در ﺧﻄﻮط ارﺳﺎل‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺘﻲ‬.‫ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬RL ‫ﺟﺎري ﺷﺪه و وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ در دو ﺳﺮ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ورودي ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ و ﻳﺎ راﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد اﻳﻦ اﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ آﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In the system shown in figure C, the transmitter
terminal "b" is internally connected to the
transmitter case which in turn is connected to
ground. The induced noise in wires A and B is
nearly equal so that noise current does not flow in
the circuit consisting of the transmitter signal
source, transmission lines, and the receiver input
impedance (RL). The induced noise voltage (EN) is
returned through the transmitter signal circuit to
its case and through the ground path to the
receiver case. This common mode noise voltage
now appears between the receiver input system
and the receiver case. If any part of the receiver
input system is grounded, unbalanced noise
current will flow in the transmission lines and
noise voltage will be developed across RL. This
effect can be trouble some even if the receiver
input is grounded through resistance or a
reactance.
41
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎدﻳﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ ﺣﺘﻲ اﮔﺮ ﻣﺪار ورودي از ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣـﺪارات‬.‫ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ و ﻳﺎ زﻣـﻴﻦ ﺑـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺑﻲ ﻋـﺎﻳﻖ ﮔـﺮدد‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜـﻲ ﻣـﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻫـﺎ و اﺟـﺰاي ﻣـﺪار‬
‫ اﻳـﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴـﺖ ﺧـﺎزﻧﻲ‬.‫ورودي و زﻣﻴﻦ وﺟﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫـﺪ داﺷـﺖ‬
‫داراي اﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب از‬
.‫آن ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫)ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎزن ﺑـﻪ راﻛﺘـﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﻮﺳـﻮم‬
(‫اﺳﺖ‬
A Capacitance exists between all conductors that
are near to each other. Even if the input circuit is
well insulated from all circuits returning to the
case or ground, electrical capacitance will exist
between the wiring and components of the input
circuit and ground. This capacitance has the
property of permitting alternating current to
follow through it.
(The opposition to current flow in a capacitance is
known as reactance.)
If enough stray capacitance exists in the receiver
input system, the reactance will be quite low
(permitting high AC currents to flow) and
unbalanced noise currents will flow in the signal
transmission system.
‫اﮔﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺧﺎزن ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ورودي‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻘﺪار راﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛـﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫـﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮد )ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب زﻳﺎد اﺟﺎزه ﻋﺒﻮر ﻣـﻲ ﻳﺎﺑـﺪ( و ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬـﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻌﺎدل در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ارﺳﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺟﺎري ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
It can be seen that the sensitivity of an instrument
to common mode noise is a function off the
instrument design. When any instrument system
with poor common mode rejection and low level
signals is to be used, it is important to protect the
signal lines from AC magnetic fields. Twisted pair
lines are of no help in reducing common mode
noise.
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻳﻚ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺗـﺎﺑﻌﻲ از ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﻣـﻮرد‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺑـﺎ ﺣـﺬف ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ‬.‫ﻧﻈﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺿﻌﻴﻒ و ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻛـﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻣﻘﺎﺑـﻞ ﻣﻴـﺪانﻫـﺎي‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺧﻄـﻮط زوج ﺑـﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه در ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ راﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬-7
7. The capacitive reactance present between
instrument signal lines and nearby wiring carrying
an AC or pulsating voltage can also produce a
noisy signal.
‫و ﺧﻄﻮط ﺣﺎﻣﻞ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب و ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
.‫ﻧﻮﻳﺰي اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﺪ‬
Fig. D
‫ﺷﻜﻞ د‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺷﺪه را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻳﻚ ﮔـﺮوه‬
‫از ﺧﺎزﻧﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄـﻮط ﻣـﻮازي و ﺧﻄـﻮط ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
.‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ )د( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳـﺖ‬،‫ﺗﺼﻮر ﻛﺮد‬
‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب روي ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺎري ﺷـﺪن ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن از‬
‫ﺧﺎزن ﺑﻄﺮف ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و اﻳﺠﺎد وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻧـﻮﻳﺰ در‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
This distributed capacity can be looked at as a
group of connected capacitances between the
parallel line and the signal lines, as in Figure D.
The AC voltage on the parallel line will cause
current to flow through the distributed capacitance
to the signal lines and couple AC noise voltage
into the signal wiring.
42
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﻋـﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺳـﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻮد ﻣﻮﺟﺐ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻘـﺪار‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎوي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﮔﺸﺘﻪ و ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻧـﻮﻳﺰ ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺒﻼً ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ را ﺧﻨﺜـﻲ ﻣـﻲﺳـﺎزﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﺛﺮ ﻧﻔـﻮذ ﺧـﺎزﻧﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎن ﺣﻀﻮر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜـﺎر ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎي داراي ﺷـﻴﻠﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺣﺎل ﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﺛﺮ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬.‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬.‫در ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از اﻟﻘﺎء ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ دارد‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار اﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﺪ وارد ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬
.‫در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
It is important to note that twisted wiring tends to
provide an equal amount of distributed capacity
between each signal wire and the noise source
causing an equal amount of noise voltage to be
coupled into each signal wire and as noted before,
will cancel. The common mode noise will still be
present. The effects of capacitive coupling can be
greatly reduced by the use of shielded wire.
However, ordinary shielded wire has very little
effect on reducing noise that is induced through
magnetic coupling. When shielded wiring is used,
most of the noise is coupled to the shield, which is
returned to ground at the ground end.
If a shielded signal line is grounded on both ends,
a ground loop noise problem may be generated. A
voltage difference will usually be found between
various ground points in a plant. This is due to the
ground currents caused by motors and other
electrical equipment. A ground system of heavy
copper wire does not eliminate this voltage
difference between ground points. Then the ends
of shielded signal wire are connected to different
ground points, voltage existing between the
grounds will cause current to flow through the
shield. If the voltage between ground points is AC
or pulsing, an alternating magnetic field will
develop around the shield.
The magnetic fields will induce noise into the
signal wires inside of the shield. In a practical
installation, an insulating jacket should be
provided over the shield to prevent contact to any
but the selected point. If any part of the measuring
circuit in the receiver is grounded to the case, the
shield should also be grounded to the receiver
case. If either the transmitter or the receiver has an
ungrounded signal circuit, and the other unit has a
grounded signal circuit, the shield should be
grounded at the unit that has the grounded signal
circuit. Some instruments have a shield terminal
that is isolated from the case and ground both ends
of the shield should be connected when this type
of terminations provided.
Although steel conduit provides some shielding, it
is often necessary to use shielded cable inside of
conduit to provide a low noise signal transmission
circuit.
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺷـﻴﻠﺪدار در ﻫـﺮ دو ﻃـﺮف زﻣـﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤـﻮﻻً ﻳـﻚ‬.‫ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫اﺧﺘﻼف وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ زﻣﻴﻦ در ﻳﻚ واﺣﺪ ﻣـﺸﺎﻫﺪه‬
‫ اﻳـﻦ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮع ﺑﺨـﺎﻃﺮ ﺟﺮﻳـﺎنﻫـﺎي زﻣـﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺷـﻲ از‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﻲ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ اﻳﻦ اﺧﺘﻼف وﻟﺘـﺎژ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﻧﻘـﺎط‬
‫ زﻣـﺎﻧﻲﻛـﻪ در اﻧﺘﻬـﺎي‬.‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ زﻣﻴﻦ را ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮد‬
،‫ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ زﻣﻴﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣـﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨـﺪ‬
‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻘـﺎط ﺑﺎﻋـﺚ ﺟـﺎري ﺷـﺪن ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن در‬
‫ اﮔﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘـﺎط ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ زﻣـﻴﻦ ﺑـﺼﻮرت‬.‫ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب و ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﺪان ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب در‬
.‫اﻃﺮاف ﺷﻴﻠﺪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻬﺎي ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻧـﻮﻳﺰ را ﺑـﻪ روي ﺳـﻴﻢﻫـﺎي ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ در ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت واﻗﻌﻲ ﻳـﻚ ﭘﻮﺷـﺶ‬.‫داﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﻠﺪ اﻟﻘﺎء ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ از ﺗﻤـﺎس آن ﺑـﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎي‬
‫ اﮔـﺮ ﻫـﺮ‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ در ﻧﻘﺎط اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻣﺪار اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي در ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪه ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﺑﺪﻧـﻪ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺪار ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﻮده و دﻳﮕﺮي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺪار ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل زﻣـﻴﻦ ﺷـﺪه‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﻤﺖ واﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻣـﺪار ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل زﻣـﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ‬.‫ﺷﺪه دارد اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫داراي ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺑﺪﻧﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ و زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد ﻫـﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺗﺎ اﻧﺪازهاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲﻛﻨـﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪار ارﺳـﺎل ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑـﺎ ﻧـﻮﻳﺰ ﻛـﻢ اﻏﻠـﺐ‬
‫ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺷـﻴﻠﺪدار در داﺧـﻞ ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻣـﻮرد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
43
‫)‪IPS-E-IN-190(2‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫‪The typical installation shown in Figure E provide‬‬
‫‪a general guide for industrial instrumentation.‬‬
‫‪Lines carrying similar types of low level signals‬‬
‫‪can usually be grouped with each other in the‬‬
‫‪same conduit without interference. High-level AC‬‬
‫‪pulsed, or on-off signals should not be run in the‬‬
‫‪same conduit and/or pull-boxes with low and‬‬
‫‪medium level signals.‬‬
‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ )ﻫ( ﻣـﻲﺗﻮاﻧـﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺻـﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻄـﻮط‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣـﻲﺗﻮاﻧـﺪ ﻣﻌﻤـﻮﻻً در‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺪون ﺗـﺪاﺧﻞ ﻗـﺮار‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺿـﺮﺑﻪاي و ﻳـﺎ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳـﻚ ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻳـﺎ ‪ pull-boxes‬ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل از ﻧﻮع ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ و ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪4-20 mA DC.‬‬
‫‪Differential Transformer, AC Strain Gauge, & other‬‬
‫‪low-level AC signals.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺶ ﺳﻨﺞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‪ ،‬و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪1-5 mA DC, balanced DC millivolts (where receiver‬‬
‫‪lacks AC noise rejection filter) & balanced AC‬‬
‫‪millivolts signals.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ‪ 5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻮازن )زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ رد ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( و‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻣﺘﻮازن‪.‬‬
‫‪Unbalanced DC millivolts signals (where receiver‬‬
‫‪lacks AC noise rejection filter) & unbalanced AC‬‬
‫‪millivolts signals.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻮازن )زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ رد ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( و‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻮازن‪.‬‬
‫‪Very low level signals such as ionization chambers,‬‬
‫‪ph, and other analytical instruments (use where‬‬
‫‪recommended by manufacturer).‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﺗﺎق ﻫﺎي ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺰه‬
‫ﺷﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،PH ،‬و ﺳﺎﻳﺮﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰورﻫﺎ )در ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد(‪.‬‬
‫‪Thermocouple (where receiver is provided with AC‬‬
‫‪noise rejection filter).‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‪) ،‬زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ رد ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب را‬
‫دارا ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪DC actuated resistance thermometer (Where receiver‬‬
‫‪is provided with AC noise rejection filter).‬‬
‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫)زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ رد ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب را دارا ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪Fig. E‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -‬ﻫ‬
‫‪44‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-E-IN-190(2)
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻗﺪرت ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار‬
‫ ﻣﮕـﺮ آﻧﻜـﻪ ﺳـﺎزﻧﺪه‬.‫دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﮔـﺮ‬.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺻـﺮاﺣﺘﺎً اﻳـﻦ روش را ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧـﺼﺐ ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻗـﺪرت ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻤـﺮاه‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع‬.‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل را در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣـﻮرد ﻧﻈـﺮ را از ﻃـﻮل ﺧـﻂ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ و ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺟﺎﻧﺐ وي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﻣﺘﻮﺳـﻂ‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺳـﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑـﺰار دﻗﻴـﻖ و ﻛﺎﻧـﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ و ﺳـﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﭼﻨـﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴـﺮد‬،‫اﻳﻨﭻ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﭼﻨـﺪﻳﻦ ﻓـﻮت دور از ﺳـﻴﻢ ﻗـﺪرت‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
AC power should not be run in the same conduit
with any type of instrument signal leads unless the
instrument manufacturer specifically recommends
this procedure. If the instrument manufacturer
recommends the installation of power wiring in
the conduit with signal wiring, it is important that
he is informed of the length of the signal line and
that be recommends the type of wiring or cable to
be used. The typical installations are shown for
moderate noise levels, several inches should be
maintained between instrument signal conduit,
and conduit carrying power to motors and other
equipment. If conduit is not used, instrument leads
should be several feet away from power wiring.
TABLE 1- MINIMUM SEPARATION BETWEEN PARALLEL RUNS OF
POWER AND SIGNAL WIRING
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮازي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻗﺪرت و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬- 1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
NON CRITICAL CONTROL AND POWER CRITERIA
MINIMUM REQUIRED SPACING FROM CRITICAL
CONTROL CIRCUITS
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ و ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﻗﺪرت‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم از ﻣﺪارات ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ‬
MAXIMUM CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE
(Volts)
MAXIMUM CIRCUIT
(Amperes)
2 AND 3 CONDUCTOR
CABLES
(‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺪار )آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي دو و ﺳﻪ ﻫﺎدي‬
(‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺪار )وﻟﺖ‬
125
250
440
5000
10
50
200
800
SINGLE CONDUCTOR
CABLES
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺗﻚ ﻫﺎدي‬
mm
(inches)
mm
(inches)
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
(‫)اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
(‫)اﻳﻨﭻ‬
150
250
300
500
(6)
(10)
(12)
(20)
300
375
450
600
(12)
(15)
(18)
(24)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
1. For very critical control leads requiring an
overall accuracy of below 0.25 percent of full
scale, the maximum parallel run length with noncritical circuits is approximately 6 meters. For
each additional 6 meters of parallel run, increase
the tray separation 300 mm. Critical leads may be
run in the same tray barriers are used.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻗﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦﺗﺮ از‬-1
2. For critical control leads requiring the
maintaining of normal mode noise below 100
millivolts, the maximum parallel run length with
non-critical circuits is approximately 120 meters.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰم داﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ‬-2
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ‬،‫درﺻﺪ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ را ﻣﻲﻃﻠﺒﺪ‬0/25
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬6 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ‬.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬6 ً‫ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬300 ‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮازي‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ‬.‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮازي‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬100 ‫زﻳﺮ‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬120 ً‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
45